Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
EMDR Fidelity Rating Scale: Rating of introductory phases of treatment (history and treatment planning, preparation, safe place exercise; rating of resource development and installation protocl (part of the preparation phase; and rating of the trauma-processing phases of treatment (reevaluation, assessment, desensitisation, installation, body scan, closure.

Keywords: Fidelity Rating Scale  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

147. Waters, F. S., & Adler-Tapia, R. (2009, November). EMDR for children with trauma and dissociation: Case conceptualization from stabilization to integration. Presentation at the 26th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Washington, DC .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: This workshop initially will review the 8 phase EMDR protocol for implementation with severely traumatized and dissociative children and provide advanced skills utilizing the EMDR protocol with this population. The 8 phase EMDR protocol will be described. Therapeutic challenges for therapists in implementing this protocol with young children with complex trauma will be explored with recommendations for clinicians on how to provide efficacious treatment to children. Each phase of the protocol will be discussed identifying specific goals and specialized interventions presented with linguistic sensitivity to maintain adherence to the EMDR protocol with young children. Client History and Treatment Planning Phase, and the Preparation Phase of the EMDR Protocol will be detailed. The assessment of dissociation in young children will include recommendations for specific assessment tools. Stabilization skills for helping children address the phobic response to reprocessing traumatic events with mastery and resourcing while learning self-soothing and calming techniques will be demonstrated. Innovative and creative interventions integrating play and art therapy will be presented with child friendly language using the protocol sequence for effective treatment with children. In addition, adjustments to the EMDR protocol through the trauma processing phases, including integration, will be described and demonstrated with case presentations and videos. Creatively maneuvering these phases with children who display dissociative symptoms will be explored with recommendations for the successful implementation of the protocol throughout the healing process

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  Children  Dissociation  Stabilization  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

148. Twombly, J. H. (2005). EMDR for clients with dissociative identity disorder, DDNOS, and ego states. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 88-120). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract: U
sing EMDR with clients with dissociative identity disorder (DID) and other dissociative disorders (DDs) requires careful adaptation to allow the unique benefits of EMDR to be used productively, without risking unleashing a flood of traumatic material and destabilizing the client. In this chapter I will discuss adaptations for each stage of treatment for dissociative clients. While I'll focus on work with DID (formerly multiple personality disorder) and dissociative disorder not otherwise specified (DDNOS), the EMDR adaptations and protocols taught in this chapter can be used with people with other DDs and complex PTSD, and in ego-state work. This chapter is divided into three sections, summarizing the treatment of DDs within the three stages of standard phase-oriented trauma treatment. [Text, pp. 88, 90]

Keywords: Adults  Child Abuse  DID  Dissociative Identity Disorder  Hypnotherapy  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

149. Kim, D. (2010, July). EMDR for the treatment of schizophrenia. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Despite standard treatment with antipsychotic medication, many individuals with schizophrenia continue to suffer from significant residual symptoms and functional disabilities. Thus, psychosocial treatment for this difficult-to-treat disorder is warranted. Given the high prevalence of trauma in this population, role of life events, and stressful treatment-related adversities, EMDR is suggested to have an important place in the treatment and management of schizophrenia. This presentation will first provide the background of using EMDR for this population, then, procedural considerations. Finally, two case reports and results of a randomized clinical trial done with acute phase schizophrenia will be demonstrated.

Keywords: Schizophrenia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

150. Shapiro, F., & Broderson, G. (1997). EMDR for trauma: Eye movement desenitization and reprocessing. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a complex treatment approach that combines salient elements of the major therapeutic schools (e.g., cognitive, behavioral, psychodynamic, physiological, and interactional). Although the eye movement stimulation (and other forms of dual stimulation used in the approach) have garnered the most attention professionally and publicly, EMDR actually involves a much broader spectrum of interventions, which are organized into eight phases of therapy. Currently, 13 completed controlled studies of EMDR make it one of the most researched methods of psychotherapy used in the treatment of trauma. Its efficacy has been supported by these studies: the four most recent studies of victims who have suffered single traumas have demonstrated that after the equivalent of three 90-minute sessions, 84% to 90% of patients no longer have symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD; Rothbaum, 1997; Wilson, Becker, & Tinker, 1995).
EMDR is based on the assumption that specific experiences from the past continue to guide the client`s responses in the present. These experiences can be the "big T" traumas that result in PTSD or the "small t" traumas that are the ubiquitous experiences known to have a less dramatic but still negative impact on personality and behavior.
To influence such experiences from the past, EMDR draws on an information processing model of behavior. Conceptually, disturbing trauma-related information is believed to be held in the patient`s nervous system in state-dependent form (e.g., the perceptions and sensations experienced at the time of the trauma are encoded in the nervous system). EMDR allows the processing of this information in an adaptive fashion so that what is useful from the experience can be learned; stored appropriately, cognitively, and affectively; and made available for behavioral guidance in the future. What is useless to adaptation, such as excess negative emotions, irrational self-assessments, and disturbing physical sensations, can be discarded.
Assessment is focused not on global diagnoses but rather on specific delineations of problematic behaviors, attitudes, and affects that need to be transmuted to allow for adaptive resolution of trauma or conflict. Specifically, the EMDR clinician asks, what is the patient being influenced by past experiences to do in the present that is dysfunctional and what is he or she prevented from doing that would be adaptive?
Although originally applied to PTSD, EMDR shows promise in a variety of clinical complaints that are based on earlier life experiences that underlie the pathology and current experiences and that restimulate the disturbance. EMDR allows clients to access and reprocess these experiences as well as to learn new skills and behaviors for managing future life events. In all cases, the goal of EMDR is to produce the most comprehensive and profound treatment effects in the shortest period of time, while helping the client to remain reasonably stable.
EMDR as an eight-phase intervention approach can be considered a complete treatment in some clinical cases, or it may be part of a more complex treatment plan that includes other more traditional approaches to treating a specific pathology (e.g., borderline personality disorder). Within this latter integrative context, EMDR appears to be useful for a broad range of clinical complaints and seems to provide more rapid achievement of positive treatment effects than do these more traditional approaches alone.
Dr. Shapiro identifies her approach as "eye movement desensitization and reprocessing." What does this imply to you? More specifically, what do you expect of her? Will Dr. Shapiro be active or passive? Will the session be structured or unstructured? Directive or nondirective? Will it focus on the past or on the present? Will the session focus on behaviors, on thoughts, or on feelings? What do you expect to be the relative balance between attention to technique versus the interpersonal interaction?

Keywords: Client  Francine Shapiro  Male  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

151. O'Shea, K. (2009). EMDR friendly preparation methods for adults and children. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR Solutions II: For depression, eating disorders, performance, and more (1st Ed.) (pp. 289-312). New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co..

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Adults  Children  Preparation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

152. Eliscu, D., & deGraffenried, D. (2009, August). EMDR group work in community mental health: engagement, stabilization, and preparation for treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address innovative EMDR group practice within an outpatient community mental health setting. As the poor, people of color, the disenfranchised, and multiply traumatized become our agency clients, clinicians are developing innovative, recovery oriented and solution based treatment models. Specific content to be reviewed will include a revolving five-session, time limited group model, teaching the theory of EMDR in a group setting, helping clients to recognize affect, use of limited BLS in group sessions, evaluative client solution based satisfaction scaling questions, and flexible group composition. Client videos will be shown to explore client feedback, satisfaction, and how the group process has supported and enhanced their recovery.

Keywords: Community Mental Health  Group Work  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

153. Luber, M. (2013, February). EMDR handbook for clients. Humanitarian Assistance Programme UK & Ireland (HAP UK&I).

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
If you're interested, or already engaged, in EMDR therapy with a registered EMDR therapist, this is the ideal supporting guide to take you through preparation and the main work. This is the electronic version of a simple EMDR Clients Handbook usually to be found on sale at EMDR Conferences and workshops in the UK and Ireland. All proceeds go to support the work of EMDR HAP UK&I, taking trauma training to therapists in regions around the world of conflict or disaster. Please visit the HAP UK&I website for more background information, at www.hapuk.org.

Keywords: Handbook  

Accuracy Verified: No

154. Quinn, G. (2013, June). EMDR immediate emergency treatment for manmade and natural disasters. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a well-established therapy for the treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). PTSD can be reduced or prevented if treated during the first month after a trauma when a person displays Acute Stress Disorder (ASD). Although usually used later, EMDR has also been used effectively in the immediate period following trauma. Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress. The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP) was developed to deal with victims of natural and manmade disaster within hours of exposure to trauma.
Participants in this workshop will learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma, utilizing ERP. This will be understood within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid. This same basic approach can be applied in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking and prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other times of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions. Similarly, treatment with ERP may also be considered for patients exhibiting this “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in ambulances en route to medical facilities.
Case examples will be presented to illustrate the successful treatment of Acute Stress Disorder (ASD) with survivors the Tsunami in Thailand, and with victims of terror and war.
In this presentation the Recent Events Protocol will be examined, with particular emphasis on modifying the Positive Cognitions (PC) in the face of continuing ongoing danger. EMD (Eye Movement Desensitization), the original protocol developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro in 1989, and modified by Elan Shapio and Brurit Laub in R-TEP will be described and compared to the standard EMDR protocol with emphasis as used in emergency settings where multiple patients need rapid treatment.
A practicum will follow on ERP.
Learning objectives: Within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid, to learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma utilizing ERP; To apply ERP in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking, prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other times of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions; To learn when and how to use ERP for patients exhibiting “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in an ambulance en route to medical facilities; How to utilize the Recent Events Protocol in the face of ongoing danger; To understand EMDR methods that may be used in emergency settings where multiple patients need rapid treatment

Keywords: Disaster  Emergency Response Procedure  ERP  Extreme Stress  Silent Terror  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

155. Poon, Wai-Ling, M. (2012). EMDR in competition with fate: A case study in a Chinese woman with multiple traumas. Case Reports in Psychiatry, 2012, 1-4. doi:10.1155/2012/827187.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This paper described the application of eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) for addressing the posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms in a Chinese woman who had experienced multiple traumas in her childhood. EMDR is an integrative therapeutic intervention that uses a standardized eight-phase approach to treatment. It is also a proven, effective, and efficient treatment for trauma. In this client with multiple traumas, the etiological event that lay the foundation of her dysfunctional responses was reprocessed first. The successful resolution of this event allowed the positive treatment effects to transfer to other traumatic events of a similar theme. This case also illustrates the importance of identifying a culturally appropriate positive cognition (PC) in contributing to the success of the treatment.

Keywords: Case Study  China  Trauma  Woman  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

156. Gonzalez, A., Seijo, N., & Mosquera, D. (2009, August). EMDR in complex trauma and dissociative disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR can be safely used during the stabilization phase in a group of severely traumatized patients, not only to install positive elements, but to process dysfunctional elements (not necessarily traumatic memories, but patient-therapist relationship problems, defenses, symptoms, dissociative phobias, etc.). To postpone standard protocol until the patient has been prepared to do it in the standard way implies that the patient must resolve many of their problems without the help of EMDR processing. We will try to “think in EMDR” about severe dissociation, rather than directly apply foreign theories to EMDR work. Protocol modifications include progression, fractionation, synthesis and direction.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

157. Beer, R. (2006). EMDR in de behandeling van jongeren met een eetstoornis [EMDR in the treatment of adolescents with an eating disorder]. Kinder- & Jeugdpsychotherapie, 33(3), 54-64.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eetstoornissen zijn ernstige ziektebeelden met een grote kans op een chronisch beloop, hoge morbiditeitcijfers en veel co-morbiditeit (van Elburg & Rijken, 2004). In de DSM IV worden verschillende eetstoornissen onderscheiden: Anorexia Nervosa, Boulimia Nervosa en Eetstoornis Niet Anders Omschreven. Eetstoornissen komen meestal tot bloei tijdens de adolescentie. Bij Anorexia Nervosa ligt de piek van het ontstaan tussen veertien en achttien jaar, Boulimia Nervosa begint doorgaans pas na het zestiende jaar (Robbe e.a., 1999; Fleminger, 2002; Vandereyken & Noordenbos, 2002). Anorexia Nervosa (AN) heeft het hoogste mortaliteitspercentage van alle psychiatrische stoornissen en bij adolescenten staat het op de derde plaats in de rij van meest voorkomende stoornissen. Behandelingsresultaten zijn weinig bemoedigend (Vandereyken & Noordenbos, 2002). Voor AN is nog geen ‘evidence based’ behandeling voorhanden. Zie: National Institute of Clinical Excellence (2004) en de Multidisciplinaire Richtlijn Eetstoornissen (2006). Behandelaars zijn daarom nog steeds op zoek naar nieuwe invalshoeken. Op de afdeling jeugdpsychiatrie van het Universitair Medisch Centrum Utrecht is een zorgprogramma eetstoornissen ontwikkeld, waarmee jongeren met AN en met een Eetstoornis NAO worden behandeld door een multidisciplinair team2. Zie voor een beschrijving van dit programma: van Elburg & Rijken (2004). Tijdens mijn werkzaamheden voor deze afdeling (2000-2005) heb ik hieraan mogen bijdragen door het implementeren van cognitieve gedragstherapie en EMDR als potentiële onderdelen van een breed-spectrum behandeling. Een beschrijving van een protocol voor cognitieve gedragstherapie is in voorbereiding ( Beer & Tobias). In dit artikel wordt beschreven hoe EMDR kan worden ingezet bij de behandeling van jongeren met een eetstoornis. De hier beschreven experimentele status. De voorgestelde mogelijkheden zijn weliswaar uitgeprobeerd door meerdere psychotherapeuten, maar van systematische toetsing is nog geen sprake geweest. Een gedetailleerde beschrijving en theoretische onderbouwing van de voorgestelde toepassing van EMDR is eveneens in voorbereiding (Beer & Hornsveld). In dit artikel wordt besproken waarom (theoretisch kader), hoe (aangrijpingspunten) en wanneer (timing) EMDR kan worden ingezet. Na een aantal illustratieve behandelfragmenten wordt besproken waarom het juist voor jongeren een waardevolle module kan zijn in een multidisciplinaire behandeling (toegevoegde waarde). Afgesloten wordt met een conclusie.

Eating disorders are serious illnesses with a high risk of chronic course, high morbidity rates and many co-morbidity (Elburg & Rich, 2004). The DSM IV eating disorders several distinguished: Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa and Eating Disorder Not Otherwise Specified. Eating disorders usually come to fruition during adolescence. In Anorexia Nervosa is the peak of emergence between fourteen and eighteen, Bulimia Nervosa usually begins after the age of sixteen (Robbe et al, 1999; Fleminger, 2002; Vander Eyken & Noorden, 2002). Anorexia Nervosa (AN) has the highest mortality rate of all psychiatric disorders and among adolescents is on the third row of the most common disorders. Treatment results are very encouraging (Vander Eyken & Noorden, 2002). AN is no "evidence based treatment available. See: National Institute of Clinical Excellence (2004) and Multidisciplinary Directive Eating Disorders (2006). Clinicians are therefore still looking for new angles. The adolescent psychiatry department at the University Medical Center Utrecht is an eating disorder care program developed for young people with AN and with an ED-NOS treated by a multidisciplinary team2. For a description of this program from Elburg & Rich (2004). During my work on this section (2000-2005) I have this may contribute by implementing cognitive behavioral therapy and EMDR as potential components of a broad-spectrum treatment. A description of a protocol for CBT in preparation (Beer & Tobias). This article describes how EMDR can be used in the treatment of adolescents with eating disorders. The described experimental state. The options proposed are indeed tested by several therapists, but systematic review has not been a case. A detailed description and theoretical underpinning of the proposed use of EMDR is also in preparation (Beer & Horn Field). This article discusses why (theoretical framework), how (targets) and when (timing) EMDR can be used. After several treatments illustrative excerpts discuss why it is a valuable youth module in a multidisciplinary treatment (value added). Completed with a conclusion.

Keywords: Adolscents  Eating Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

158. Egli-Bernd, H. (2012, Juni). EMDR in der behandlung von dissoziativen prozessen bei bindungsstörungen. Die bedeutung und schwierigkeiten bei der wahl guter kognitionen in diesen Behandlungen. Das dialog protokoll [EMDR in the treatment of dissociative processes in attachment disorders. The importance and difficulty of choosing good cognition in these treatments. Dialog protocol] . Präsentation auf EMDRIA Tag, Köln, Deutschland.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Es geht im Workshop um die Rolle der Kognitionen im EMDR bei der Bearbeitung früher und komplexer Themen aus dem Bereich der Bindungsstörungen. Durch die Aktivierung von Egostates respektive subtiler dissoziativer Prozesse in der Phase 3 der EMDR-Behandlung kommt es häufig zu Schwierigkeiten bei der Herausarbeitung bedeutungsvoller und hilfreicher Kognitionen. Das Dialog-Protokoll stellt eine Möglichkeit dar, diese Schwierigkeiten zu vermeiden. Durch die Wahl hilfreicher Kognitionen in einer dialogischen Formulierung zwischen zwei involvierten Selbstteilen wird der dissoziative Prozess aufgehoben und der Verarbeitungsprozess im Sinne der interaktiven Vernetzung von Vergangenheit und Gegenwart affektiv und kognitiv intensiviert und beschleunigt. Das Dialog Protokoll kann als die direkte und effiziente Verbindung von EMDR und Egostate-Arbeit angesehen werden. Im Workshop werden theoretische Grundlagen der Vorgehensweise vermittelt, eine kurze life Demonstration und/oder ein Video sollen die konkrete Anwendung des Dialogprotokolls anschaulich näherbringen.

[It's in the workshop on the role of cognitions in EMDR in the treatment earlier and complex topics in the field of attachment disorders. By activating Egostates respectively subtle dissociative processes in phase 3 of the EMDR treatment often leads to difficulties in the elaboration of meaningful and helpful cognitions. The dialog protocol provides a way to avoid these difficulties. By choosing more helpful cognitions in a dialogical formulation between two self-involved parts of the dissociative process is canceled and the manufacturing process in terms of the interactive network of past and present affective and cognitive intensified and accelerated. The dialog protocol can be used as direct and efficient connection of EMDR and egostate work are considered. During the workshop, theoretical foundations of the approach gives a brief demonstration of life and / or a video to bring closer the actual application of the Protocol dialog clearly.]

Keywords: Attachment Disorders  Cognitions  Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

159. Plassmann, R. (2005, September). EMDR in der stationaren therapie der essstorungen[EMDR in the inpatient treatment of eating disorders]. Vortrag auf der 13th International Conference on Eating Disorders, Innsbruck, Österreich.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Die stationare Essstorungstherapie lasst sich in vier Phasen unterteilen: Die Stabilisierungsphase, die Ressourcenorganisation, die Exposition und die Neuorientierungsphase. Fur diese Behandlungsphasen lassen sich Methoden der modernen Traumatherapie sinnvoll nutzen. Diese beruhen im Kern auf selbstorganisatiorischen Prinzipien, also der Arbeit mit dem psychischen Selbstheilungssystem. In Weiterentwicklung der Methodik der modernen Traumatherapie wurde fur die stationare Essstorungstherapie in der Stabilisierungsphasedas Konzept der akitiven Selbstailisierung entwickelt und fur die Ressourcenorganisation und Exposition die Technik des bipolaren EMDR. Durch Einfuhrung dieser Stategien haben sich die Behandlungsergebnisse erheblich verbessert. Der Vortag stellt die Arbeitwiese dar und die Behandlungsergebnisse an 176 Fallen stationarer Psychotherapie von Patientinnen mit Anorexie und Bulimie dar.

The steady Essstorungstherapie let be divided into four phases: the phase of stabilization, resource organization, exposition and reorientation phase. Treatment for these phases can be methods of modern trauma therapy sensibly. These are based on the core principles selbstorganisatiorischen, so working with the psychological self-healing system. In developing the methodology of modern trauma therapy for the steady Essstorungstherapie in Stabilisierungsphasedas concept of akitiven Selbstailisierung developed and resources for the organization and exposition of the art bipolar EMDR. By the introduction of this State Gien the results of treatment have improved significantly. The talk is the work area and represents the results of treatment in 176 cases of sta-tionary psychotherapy patients with anorexia and bulimia.

Keywords: Anorexia  Bulimia  Eating Disorders  Inpatient Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

160. Eckers, D. (2010, June). EMDR in difficult circumstances - Working with a complex traumatized boy in Thailand. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In 2009 a training in psychotraumatology and EMDR was conducted in Thailand with participants from Thailand, Indonesia, Burma, Kambodscha and other countries. During that training of 8 days a 9-years-old boy was treated after some stabilization with 'safe place' and special containment - with EMDR. He was diagnosed with Asperger-syndrome (a form of autism), was traumatized by the loss of a near relative, the burning of his home, a car accident and by Tsunami. Time was limited, the boy wasn't acquainted with the therapist, didn't speak much English, needed his aunt to translate and was first time in his life away from his home. But even in these conditions treatment was possible in 1 session stabilization and 3 sessions of EMDR The case will be demonstrated with the boy's drawings and video clips of the stabilization phase and of the EMDR session about Tsunami. Learning objectives: 1. Understanding a client-adapted way to applicate EMDR in children. 2. Creative working with children in their cultural and individual context, What is essential in EMDR even with child-adapted and creative modifications?

Keywords: Adolescent  Male  Thailand  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

161. Gonzalez, A., Mosquera, D., & Seijo, N. (2011, November). EMDR in dissociative disorders: The progressive approach. Presentation at the 26th Annual International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Montreal, QE .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Abstract: After the first cautions for the use of EMDR in dissociative disorders, many proposals have been done to adapt EMDR procedures to this specific population. Interesting interventions have been done for the use of EMDR in the preparation phase, but in spite of these useful proposals, EMDR is still considered by many clinicians as an intervention that is limited for the treatment of traumatic memories. From this conceptualization, which we have called the all/nothing perspective, the use of EMDR is strongly limited. Many clinicians wait years for trauma reprocessing. As a consequence of this conceptualization, many EMDR therapists do not use EMDR with most of their dissociative clients, and just use it with highly functioning patients, sometimes after years of therapy with other approaches. In this workshop we will describe (and exemplify with clinical cases and videos) different interventions with EMDR in dissociative clients, from the preparatory phase, in what we have called a Progressive Approach. The way in which specific EMDR procedures can contribute to enhance recovery in survivors will be explained. For doing this, concepts from the different approaches and scientific knowledge about severe traumatization will be integrated with the Adaptive Information Processing Model from EMDR. The idea is to propose a holistic model for EMDR therapy in Dissociative Disorders. The interweaving between theoretical concepts and clinical procedures, theoretical developments and video examples, will allow the audience to assimilate information and translate it to their clinical practice. Therapist from approaches different from EMDR will understand what this therapy can offer to the treatment of severely traumatized people. EMDR therapists will learn new proposals of interventions at the different phases of the treatment. We will present different examples of interventions in severely traumatized patients: DID, DESNOS, BPD and Somatoform dissociation.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

162. Gonzalez, A. (2013, June). EMDR in dissociative disorders: The progressive approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
After the first cautions for the use of EMDR in dissociative disorders, many proposals have been done to adapt EMDR procedures to this specific population. Nevertheless EMDR is still considered by many clinicians as an intervention that is limited to the treatment of traumatic memories in highly functioning dissociative clients, after a long preparation phase. From this conceptualization the use of EMDR is strongly limited, and many trauma survivors cannot benefit of it.
In this workshop a comprehensive model for EMDR therapy in Dissociative Disorders (the Progressive Approach) will be proposed. From this extended framework, different interventions with EMDR in dissociative clients will be described, including procedures to prepare and stabilize these clients. The integration of these specific EMDR procedures into a group therapy for trauma survivors will be described. The interweaving between theoretical developments, clinical procedures and video examples will allow the audience to assimilate information and translate it to their clinical practice. Learning objectives: Propose a comprehensive model to approach dissociative clients from the EMDR perspective, connecting theoretical developments and clinical procedures; Identify difficult situations in EMDR therapy of severely traumatized people and describe EMDR procedures for dissociative clients, all along the different phases of treatment; Illustrate the “progressive approach” for the treatment of dissociative disorders with clinical examples and video fragments of individual and group sessions so EMDR therapists can understand when, where and how to apply these procedures in their clinical practice.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  Progressive Approach  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

163. Beer, R., & Bronner, M. B. (2010). EMDR in paediatrics and rehabilitation: An effective tool for reduction of stress reactions?. Developmental Neurorehabilitation, 13(5), 307-309. doi:10.3109/17518423.2010.502914.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Having to cope with life-threatening injury or illness can be very stressful for children and their parents. In medical settings children—and parents—can be traumatized by various events both before and during hospitalization as well as during the rehabilitation-phase. Although most children and parents display remarkable resilience over time, stress levels can remain extremely high for a part of these children and parents throughout the entire hospital period and thereafter, culminating in various stress reactions. These reactions can be summarized in a framework of Pediatric Medical Traumatic Stress (PMTS). However, several evidence-based interventions are available presently. One of these evidence-based treatment interventions is Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Clinical efficiency of EMDR for children has been demonstrated by a recent meta-analysis and other studies. Application of EMDR should be taken into consideration whenever there is suffering from PMTS reactions—particularly intrusive memories, flashbacks, nightmares, anxiety and guilt feelings—or when these reactions interfere with either the recovery process or acceptance of a new situation. Integrated trauma-informed practice together with validated screening tools could be beneficial to families and possibly minimize or even prevent long-term PMTS reactions after life-threatening injury or illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Editorial  Pediatrics  Rehabilitation  Stress Reduction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

164. Hofmann, A. (2005, June). EMDR in the treatment of complex PTSD patients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Patients with complex PTSD are a challenging patient population. Even if concepts like the Disorder of Extreme Stress (Herman et 01.1 and the new research on structural dissociation (Nijenhuis et al.) helps to understand these patients better, their treatment course is often complicated. In the treatment of these patients EMDR can be one of the key treatments approaches in a therapy setting that usually needs to also enclose other treatment modalities and the overall treatment plan. The objective of this course is to help therapists use the opportunities that the 8 phase EMDR treatment plan offers and to reduce the risks for their treatment course. Also the implications of the use of the standard protocol for EMDR and the inverted standard protocol are discussed. Depending on the size of the group, time for discussion about clinical cases of participants is welcome.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

165. Richman, S. (2009, March). EMDR in the treatment of survivors of torture. Symposium conducted at the 7th annual EMDR Association UK & Ireland Conference, Manchester, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation seeks to address some of the challenges of using EMDR cross-culturally with highly traumatised clients who have been the victims of physical and/or psychological torture. The presentation will review characteristics of torture and how the helplessness experienced by victims physically and psychologically can help the therapist to case conceptualization and encourage adaptive learning with interweaves to assist the processing allowing adaptive linkage being made with dysfunctional memory storage. EMDR is very effective where trauma survivors present with somatisation, dissociation and frozen states but desensitization and reprocessing can only be embarked upon after adequate stabilization in the Preparation Phase. Methods of stabilization (including somatic stabilization) will be covered and thereafter the basic EMDR protocol implemented with the client focusing on damage to the self and the spirit.

Keywords: Symposium  Torture  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

166. Groenendijk, M. (2010, April). EMDR in trauma-work with a patient with DID. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: EMDR is a powerfull technique for helping people overcoming their trauma’s. However, most of the clinical practice as well as the research has been focussed on type 1 trauma and simple PTSD. Gradually the field is expanding to complex early and chronic traumatization and dissociative problems. In this workshop I will share our experiences in this challenging field. I will start with a short introduction to EMDR, to structural dissociation and to the treatment of DID. Then I will present the case of an older woman with DID, who was treated in our residential psychotherapeutic setting. Central in this workshop is the very interesting (and moving) video-demonstration of EMDR with this DID-patient during a period of trauma-work. After reporting on the process and outcome of this therapy, the conclusion will be that EMDR can be effective for dissociative patients suffering from early and severe traumatization if several specific criteria are met. These criteria are about conceptualization according to the model of structural dissociation, about indication, timing, and preparation of the EMDR-sessions, about adaptation of the EMDR-protocol and about integration of EMDR in the broader phase-oriented state-of-the-art treatment of DID. At the end there will be time for questions and discussion.
Learning Outcomes 1. How to integrate EMDR in the phase-oriented treatment of DID 2. Inspiration for finding creative solutions for the problems that can occur during the session (e.g. dissociation, reliving traumatic experiences, acting-out) 3. Witnessing the effect of EMDR 4. Encouraging collegue’s to indicate EMDR for complex trauma (under specific conditions).

Keywords: DID  Dissociative Identity Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

167. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). EMDR installation for facilitating emotional identification in the treatment of attachment disorders. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The accessibility of emotions in children with attachment disorders is known to be complex at best. This presentation looks at a new method of enabling a child dissociating from emotions with severs attachment disorder and complex, traumatic histories to access emotions using the installation phase of EMDR.
For teaching purposes, this presentation will use real-life cases of 4 attachment disordered children where EMDR has been used successfully. All the children had been taught safe space (or similar containment methods) to enable them to self regulate their emotions – however, prior to the installation they did not experience emotions to self regulate.
In all four cases, none of the children were able to access emotions and were severe attachment disordered. The children aged between 12 to 13 years of age and all had a diagnosis of attachment disorder, comorbid with post traumatic stress disorder. Most of the children did not experience emotions directly and when asked where they “felt emotions,” would state that they experienced emotion because they were told that they were experiencing emotion.
An example is one child who mentioned that she had been angry – she only knew this, because an adult had told her she was angry. Some4times, her hands were mottled when she was angry – but there appeared to be no internal awareness of emotional feelings. The three other children reported similar lack of awareness of internal emotions.
Using the installation phase of EMDR within the context of a one-to-one therapy session, each child was asked to focused on a particular emotion and focus where in their body they experienced any feelings which may be associated with emotion.
The children began to describe complex emotions, which they had never previously been able to. Many of these children had never cried or expressed emotions “normally” prior to this. An example of one child’s experience follows. “I feel sad in my heart. It feels cold – as if someone has smashed it into a thousand bits. It’s blue and very lonely. It feels empty.” (This was a child who had never experienced any internal emotion since the age of t when he remembered feeling angry at being taken away from his parents by a social worker. This was the last time he remembered every experiencing any kind of emotion).
Following this, all the children were also encourage to sit with their new emotions and not to be afraid of them.
One child reported: “I never knew how god it could feel to finally be allowed to cry and my throat doesn’t feel so stuck no more.”
Another child stated, “It feels good to be sad. When I cry – that stops my heart hurting so much and the treats make the glue to fix my broken heart.”
Another child experienced: “It’s okay to be angry. Anger isn’t scary – it’s just a feeling – just because I feel it doesn’t mean I have to kick off – and it feels strong to e angry – I have a right to be angry and that’s okay.” So far, we have not experienced an unsuccessful outcome; however, this method is still in the early stages of being developed.

Keywords: Attachment Disorders  Emotional Identification  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

168. Puk, G. (2008, September). EMDR master series - II. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Patients experiencing severe and repeated psychological trauma are among the most complicated patients to be treated in psychotherapy. Their treatment tends to be a multi-faceted approach of which EMDR is only one part, albeit a very important component. The objectives of the presentation are to assist the treating clinician in identifying the self-regulation deficits and degree of dissociation of their patients, as well as conceptualizing and implementing an effective treatment plan for the patient. This will include integrating the traditional three-stage model (stabilization, trauma processing and integration) of working with multiply-traumatized patients with the EMDR eight phase treatment model. Emphasis will be placed on stabilization, identifying when your patient is ready to begin trauma processing, as well as pacing the trauma work and managing clinical challenges during EMDR sessions. Clinical case material will be discussed in depth to illustrate the above.

Keywords: Master Series  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

169. Paulsen, S. L. (2004, September). EMDR master series - II: Ego state therapy and EMDR: Activating, modifying and containing dissociated neural networks. Invited master series lecture at the annual meeting the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Chronic childhood trauma may lead to chronic dissociation which in turn produces a highly conflicted self-structure. Since conflicted self systems may not process smoothly in EMDR, it behooves practitioners to assess for degree of dissociation and other “red flag” indicators prior to EMDR. To work with clients with conflicted selves, the practitioner needs a means to access disowned parts of self. Although Ego State Therapy (EST) is based upon psychoanalytic theory, it is not slow as psychoanalytic treatment is. EST is a way to rapidly access internal structures, mediate conflicts, navigate around defenses and mobilize resources. Therefore EST is ideal as either: 1) a cognitive interweave in EMDR looping; or 2) as part of a preparation for clients in the high end of the dissociative continuum (the ACT-AS-IF approach). This workshop will illustrate case formulation and EMDR preparation and processing using the concepts above.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  Master Series  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

170. Zangwill, W. (2004, September). EMDR master series– I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montréal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many therapists erroneously think of EMDR as the phase of treatment involving eye movements or other forms of bilateral stimulation. EMDR treatment begins the moment there is contact between client and clinician. From first contact, to target assessment, from bilateral stimulation to reevaluation, effective EMDR processing depends on a case formulation that enables the clinician to vary EMDR implementation depending on the client's underlying issues and maladaptive coping strategies. Using discussion, videotapes and live demonstration, this presentation will provide the EMDR clinician with an increased ability to recognize and target both the clients' painful memories and their underlying blocking beliefs. In every aspect of EMDR, from developing a therapeutic relationship to choosing targets, from obtaining negative and positive cognitions to developing cognitive interweaves, and even knowing when to restart bilateral stimulation, developing and using a conceptual framework will enable the EMDR clinician to provide much more effective treatment.

Keywords: Master Series  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

171. Purandare, M., Bhagwagar, H., & Tank, P. (2010, July). EMDR on children affected by the earthquake. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Efficacy of EMDR on Children Affected by Earthquake: The aim of the study was to investigate the efficacy of EMDR as an intervention technique for trauma victims. A sample of 50 students, studying in 10th grade, age ranging from 14 to 16 years were selected. The Impact of Event Scale (IES) was administered to measure the intensity of trauma experienced. A pre-post test research design was used in the study. The results were in the predicted direction. EMDR was found to be effective in reducing avoidance, intrusion and hyper arousal as well as overall impact of trauma. “Group EMDR With Earthquake Survivors” The current study is an attempt to understand the impact of a specific traumatic events and its expression in children i.e. the earthquake that occurred in Gujarat, Western India in January 2001. This study was a part of the therapy work conducted with the survivors of the earthquake by the group of 40 practitioners from Mumbai and was over 4 months. The paper will present the following aspects: 1. The symptoms seen among the children depicting PTSD as per DSM IV criteria. Signs of Hyper-arousal, Avoidance and Intrusion were clearly seen especially in children 2. The process used. This was a modified version of the standard 8 phase protocol appropriate for use with group work. Butterfly hugs were used as BLS. Stages of EMDR for this group: 3. Observations and a few unique experiences These include blocking of trauma image, difficulty in safe place visualizing, difficulty in distancing and using creative techniques for soothing and relaxation. 4. Impact of the EMDR intervention with this group More than 16000 children from about 30 schools were seen. based on observations and reports by teachers during the follow up showed reduction in anxiety, reports of life resembling pre-earthquake, improved attention and concentration, better sleeping patterns and lowering of somatic complaints. Impact and expression of trauma in children exposed to the earthquake: The current study is an attempt to understand the impact of a specific traumatic event and its expression in children i.e. the earthquake that occurred in Gujarat, western India in January 2001. The Butterfly hug technique for bilateral stimulation was used following 8 steps of EMDR. Drawings of children were used as their expressions during different phases of EMDR. Drawings during “ Assessment phase” depicted feelings of insecurity, a sense of vacuum and emptiness, low energy levels, a desire for contact and help, feelings of guilt, poor body image, hypersensitivity was noticed almost universally and even during therapy. Drawings, following the processing and installation phases indicated the facial expression changed to a smile. Tears which were present in almost all drawings were not noted Positive cognitions were reflected in terms of the growth and freshness e.g. the newly growing grass. In spite of the various symptoms of post traumatic stress disorder, no gross disintegration of personality had been noted.

Keywords: Children  Earthquake  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

172. Laizeau, M., Nousse, A., & Chakroun, N. (2008, June). EMDR optimism protocol: A pilot study on athletes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Peterson and Seligman (1984) developed a theory based on the psychological characteristic of optimism. They discovered that a more pessimistic explanatory style is correlated with a deeper depression. The most optimistic explanatory style for a bad event is external, specific and temporary. For a good event the explanatory style is reverse. The pessimistic explanatory style evaluates the causes of bad and good events in the opposite way. Seligman and al (1990) administrated the Attribution Style Questionnaire (ASQ) to swimmers. After negative feedback, optimistic swimmers swim significantly faster compared to pessimistic swimmers. Goldwurm and al. 23 (2006) showed the efficacy of an optimism training proposed by Seligman. Andrew Leeds worked in 1997 on a new protocol known as Resource Development and Installation (RDI). This protocol has been reported to be useful in ego strengthening and stabilization. RDI protocol comes from EMDR that has been extensively researched and proven effective for the treatment of trauma even on athletes (Graham, 2004). An expansion of the basic EMDR protocol, called “EMDR Peak Performance protocol” has been developed by Lendl & Foster (1997) for enhancing performance in the workplace, to aid in the reduction of performance anxiety experienced by creative and performing artists, and for competition preparation and psychological recovery from injury in athletes. This orientation leads us to go on with a nonpathologizing view developing optimistic client’s potential with the elaboration of this new protocol that we call: the EMDR optimism protocol (Laizeau and Nousse 2008). It has been developed on the basis of a study lead on rugbymen and swimmers. The aim of our study was to show that this EMDR optimism protocol can easily improve athletic performance.

Keywords: Optimism Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

173. Shapiro, R. (2009). EMDR Solutions II: For depression, eating disorders, performance, and more. New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
A clear and comprehensive guide to using EMDR in clinical practice. This edited collection—a follow-up to Shapiro’s successful EMDR Solutions—presents step-by-step instructions for implementing EMDR approaches to treat a range of issues, written by leading EMDR practitioners. The how-to approach, mixed with ample clinical wisdom, will help clinicians excel when using EMDR to treat their clients. The units include: A comprehensive compendium of EMDR interventions for Depression, it begins with Robin Shapiro’s Assessment, Trauma-Based and Endogenous Depression chapters, continues with Jim Knipe’s Shame-Based Depression chapter, and ends with Shapiro’s Attachment-Based chapter. The eight chapters of the Eating Disorder unit cover all the bases. From etiology to neurology through Preparation phases and treatment strategies, you’ll learn how to work with Bulimia, Anorexia, Body Dysmorphia, Binge Eating Disorder, disorders of Desire and more. Andrew Seubert is the ring leader. The other writers are Janie Scholom, Linda Cooke, Celia Grand, DaLene Forester, Janet McGee, Catherine Lidov, and Judy Lightstone. Performance, Coaching, and Positive Psychology unit emphasizes strengths, skills, focus, and whatever gets in the way of reaching the goal. David Grand shares his foundational 15 Strategies for Performance enhancement. Ann Marie McKelvey integrates EMDR with Coaching and Positive Psychology. The Complex Trauma unit includes Katie O’Shea’s useful and user-friendly Preparation Methods and Early Trauma Protocol, Sandra Paulsen and Ulrich Lanius’s brilliant collaboration Integrating EMDR with Somatic and Ego State Interventions, Liz Massiah’s hair-raising Intrusive Images chapter, and Shapiro’s treatment strategies for OCPD. Robin Shapiro gives an overview of Medically-Based Trauma and her strategies for successful treatment of Multiple Chemical Sensitivities. Katherine Davis shows us how Post-Partum “Depression” is often treatable Post-Partum PTSD. Ronald Ricci and Cheryl Clayton tell us how to use EMDR in our work with Sex Offenders and their complete therapeutic milieu. Martha S. Jacobi develops our “third ear” for using EMDR with Religious and Spiritually-Attuned clients.

Keywords: Depression, Eating Disorders, Performance  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

174. Meignant, I. (2010, July). EMDR systemic approach: Application in couple's therapy. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The presentation will illustrate how the systemic model created by Mony Elkaïm for understanding couple crisis can be useful in the EMDR treatment of couples. This model insists on the double bind in which each member of the couple is torn between his/her Official Program and his/her World View. For example: “I want to be loved” (O.P) and” if someone loves me he will leave me” (W.V.). These world views are creating repetitive cycles which are trapping the members of the couple or of any people in relationship. The aim of EMDR practitioner is to treat the dysfunctional stored memories connected with these worldviews and give them flexibility to free the members of the couple from the vicious circle in which they are caught. In this presentation we propose to show how making hypothesis about the World view of each member of the couple and verifying them will guide us to the individual target that will be the Gordian knot in the present problem which the couple come with, helping the system to evolve from a situation of crisis to a situation of equilibrium. Using EMDR will help to give flexibility to the world view of each member. Using it within Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model will help the couple. Following each phase of the EMDR model eight phases protocol, we will show how it will be applied to couple therapy with case studies and practice example. This target plan can be apply to any dyad or system in crisis.

Keywords: Couples Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

175. Shapiro, F. (2012). EMDR therapy: An overview of current and future research. Revue Européenne De Psychologie Appliquée/European Review of Applied Psychology, 62(4), 193-195. doi:10.1016/j.erap.2012.09.005.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Introduction: EMDR therapy is an eight-phase treatment approach widely recognized as a frontline treatment for trauma. Research over the past decade has addressed the utility of the eye movements, mechanism of action and comparisons with other forms of therapy. Literature and clinical findings: More than two-dozen randomized controlled trials (RCT) demonstrate the positive effects of EMDR therapy with trauma victims. Comparisons with trauma-focused cognitive behavioral therapy (TF-CBT) indicate comparable effects sizes. Approximately 20 additional RCT evaluated the eye movement component of EMDR in isolation, without the rest of the therapy procedures. These studies document a variety of positive effects, including a rapid decrease in distress and reduced clarity of the targeted disturbing image when compared to exposure-only conditions. Discussion: Research findings indicate that EMDR therapy and TF-CBT are based on different mechanisms of action in that EMDR therapy does not necessitate daily homework, sustained arousal or detailed descriptions of the event, and appears to take fewer sessions. EMDR is guided by the adaptive information processing model, which posits a wide range of adverse life experiences as the basis of pathology. Conclusions: Research is suggested to further explore mechanisms of action and address issues of efficiency and treatment differences. Rigorous research is also needed to investigate additional clinical applications.

Keywords: Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

176. Murray, K. (2010, September/October). EMDR to reduce fears of recurrence of breast cancer. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
How can we support women with breast cancer (BC) in their bio-psycho-social healing? Are fearsof recurrence inevitable or a re-experiencing of unresolved BC diagnosis and treatment experiences? Participants will identify traumatic stress symptoms in women with BC, and the impacton treatment, quality of life, and fears of recurrence; review the seven cancer treatment stages, and potential traumas, triggers, and EMDR interventions of each; describe phase two interventions to manage worry, develop healing imagery and promote coping and positive health behaviors; and explain how past-present-future targeting can address fears of recurrence. Expanded from 2008, this workshop draws on psycho-oncology literature, clinical observations, and one client’s EMDR journey from “coping” to “living”.

Keywords: Breast Cancer  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

177. Knipe, J. (2008, June). EMDR toolbox. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is clear from over 17 published studies that the EMDR method is highly effective in assisting clients in resolving PTSD (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002). However, most clients who enter therapy do not have a simple problem of a single disturbing memory, but a complex history. Typically, clients come to therapy with a mixed presentation, of not only emotional disturbance, but also mental structures and actions which function to soothe, contain, avoid or dissociate from emotional disturbance. Thus, the initial presentation of most clients is complex and often ambivalent. In this workshop, examples will illustrate Adaptive Information Processing methods of targeting and resolving psychological defenses, such as avoidance, ambivalence, and idealization. Also, the BHS/CIPOS (Back-of-the-Head Scale/Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety) method will be described. This method is a set of procedures that can be used during the EMDR Desensitization Phase to therapeutically reverse dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Video segments from therapy sessions will be shown to illustrate each of these methods.

Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale  BHS  CIPOS  Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety  Psycholgical Defenses  Targeting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

178. Knipe, J. (2012, October). EMDR toolbox: Methods of extending EMDR to traumatized clients with significant vulnerability to dissociative abreaction and/or psychological defenses. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Abstract:The focus of this workshop will be to describe a theoretical framework, and specific EMDR-related therapy tools which may be useful during Janets Phase 2, the Phase of trauma processing, for multiply-traumatized clients with Complex PTSD. Points of similarity and difference will be described between the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing Model, and two other models of dissociation treatment: the Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality and the Internal Family Systems model. EMDR variations will be described which increase emotional safety, and thereby extend the use of EMDR to clients who might otherwise be vulnerable to the intrusion of overwhelming post-traumatic memory material. Through transcript and video examples, the Loving Eyes method (for safely accessing a traumatized Part), the Back-of-the-Head Scale (for measuring the degree of dissociative experience, moment-to-moment, in a therapy session), and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety (for maintaining emotional safety during the processing of a traumatic memory) will be presented. In addition, the structure and treatment of psychological defenses will be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing Model.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the Loving Eyes method of developing a co-consciousness between an adult Part and a traumatized child Part. 2. Describe the clinical situations in which the use of the Back-of-the-Head Scale and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety would be likely to be helpful to a traumatized client. 3. Describe how psychological defense may be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing model, and how defenses may be safely released, so that underlying post-traumatic material may be processed.

Keywords: Dissociative Abreaction  Psychological Defenses  Toolbox  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

179. Knipe, J. (2006, June). EMDR toolbox: Video examples of methods of targeting avoidance, procrastination, affect dysregulation, the pain of being "dumped" by a lover, and a shame-based ego state in a client with a identity disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is clear from over 17 published studies that the EMDR method is highly effective in assisting clients in resolving PTSD (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002). However, most clients who enter therapy do not have a simple problem of a single disturbing memory, but a complex history. Typically, clients come to therapy with a mixed presentation, of not only emotional disturbance, but also mental structures and actions which function to soothe, contain, avoid or dissociate from emotional disturbance. Thus, the initial presentation of most clients is complex and often ambivalent. In this workshop, examples will illustrate Adaptive Information Processing methods of targeting and resolving psychological defenses, such as avoidance, ambivalence, and idealization. Also, the BHS/CIPOS (Back-of-the-Head Scale/Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety) method will be described. This method is a set of procedures that can be used during the EMDR Desensitization Phase to therapeutically reverse dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Video segments from therapy sessions will be shown to illustrate each of these methods.

Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale  BHS  CIPOS  Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety  Psycholgical Defenses  Targeting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

180. Forgash, C. (2009, August). An EMDR treatment approach to addressing health problems of complex trauma survivors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: In this workshop, the EMDR clinician will learn how to deal with the effects of trauma, PTSD, illness, and chronic pain often suffered by complex trauma clients. Participants will understand how these issues interfere with access to healthcare and successful treatment. This workshop will demonstrate how to help the client avoid retraumatization in healthcare settings, by teaching interventions within the preparation phase for management of dissociation and affective problems, as well as PTSD symptoms. Clinicians will learn how to develop connections between present health problems (chronic illness, pain) and earlier trauma, to develop specific EMDR targets for reprocessing. This workshop will emphasize skills development and future template work.

Keywords: Health Problems  Trauma Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

181. Bossini, L., Tavanti, M., & Costrogiovanni, P. (2008, June). EMDR treatment for PTSD: Effect on hippocampal volume. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Animal and human subjects studies have shown that psychotropic drugs promote hippocampus neurogenesis and block or modulate the effects of stress on the hippocampus. However, the only study that has investigated the effects of psychotherapy on hippocampus volume failed to show any volumetric increase (1). Purpose of the Study: Aim of the study is to assess the effects of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) treatment on hippocampal volume and on PTSD symptoms in ten drug-free patients with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Methods Used: First, we have compared hippocampal volumes of 10 drug-free patients with chronic PTSD to 10 case-matched non-PTSD comparison subjects. PTSD diagnosis and severity were established by the administration the Clinician Administered Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Scale (CAPS) (Phase 1). Second, we have assessed the effect of three months of EMDR treatment on hippocampal volumes and on PTSD symptoms of 10 outpatients with PTSD (Phase 2). Results: Phase 1 -A p less than .05 was chosen to indicate statistical significance. The results showed that patients had significantly smaller hippocampal volumes at baseline compared to the control subjects. Phase 2 - EMDR treatment resulted in a significant increase of right and left hippocampal volumes and in a significantly decrease of CAPS total score. Conclusions: The first part of this study confirmed that PTSD patients have smaller hippocampal volumes if compared to comparison subjects. The second part suggests that EMDR treatment is associated with a significant improvement of PTSD symptoms and an increase in hippocampal volumes.

Keywords: Hippocampal Volume  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

182. Greenwald, R., Ricci, R. J., Clayton, C. A., Lebeau, T., Farkas, L., Cyr, M., & Lemay, J. (2007, September). EMDR treatment for sex offenders, substance abusers, and youth in care. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This symposium presents data from treatment studies of (1) sex offenders, (2) mentally ill substance abusers, and (3) acting-out youth in care. These populations have in common low affect tolerance, severe problem behaviors, and involvement in “the system”. Each treatment used a population-specific phase model approach including motivational interviewing, skills training, and trauma resolution (EMDR). This trauma-informed phase treatment approach appears to represent an advance in helping these treatment-resistant populations. Discussion will focus on the relationship between the client characteristics and treatment approaches in common across studies.

Keywords: Sex Offenders  Substance Abusers  Symposium  Youth  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

183. Marr, J. (2012). EMDR treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder: Preliminary research. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(1), 2-15. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.1.2.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article reports the results of two experiments, each investigating a different eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) protocol for obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and each with two young adult male participants with long-standing unremitting OCD. Two adaptations of Shapiro’s (2001) phobia protocol were developed, based on the theoretical view that OCD is a self-perpetuating disorder, with OCD compulsions and obsessions and current triggers reinforcing and maintaining the disorder. Both adaptations begin by addressing current obsessions and compulsions, instead of working on past memories; one strategy delays the cognitive installation phase; the other uses mental video playback in the desensitization of triggers. The four participants received 14–16 one-hour sessions, with no assigned homework. They were assessed with the Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (Y-BOCS), with scores at pretreatment in the extreme range (mean 5 35.3). Symptom improvement was reported by participants after 2 or 3 sessions. Scores at posttreatment were in the subclinical/mild range for all participants (mean 5 8.5). Follow-up assessments were conducted at 4–6 months, indicating maintenance of treatment effects (mean 5 7.5). Symptom reduction was 70.4% at posttreatment and 76.1% at follow-up for the Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol and 81.4% at posttreatment and at follow-up for the Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol with Video Playback. Theoretical implications are discussed, and future research is recommended.

Keywords: Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol  Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol with Video Playback  OCD  Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder  Treatment Outcome Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

184. Leeds, A. (2010, September/October). EMDR treatment of panic disorder with and without agoraphobia: Two model treatment plans. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will review strengths and limitations of treatments for PD and PDA with a focus on cognitive and behavioral therapies, pharmacotherapy, and EMDR. Two EMDR treatment plans will be presented: a Model I plan for PD without agoraphobia or other co-occurring disorders, and a Model II plan for more complex cases of PDA or PD with co-occurring anxiety or Axis II disorders. Clinical examples and specific guidelines will be presented for identifying PD targets and for when to extend preparation phase work and postpone reprocessing of core attachment material in Model II cases.

Keywords: Agoraphobia  Panic Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

185. Holmshaw, M. (2004, February). EMDR treatment of travel phobia after road traffic incidents (RTI). Presentation at the 2nd annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Birmingham, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Road Traffic Incidents are the most common cause of PTSD (post-traumatic stress disorder) in the UK. Travel phobia is a frequent comorbid condition in these cases and in some cases the primary disorder with which clients present. This paper addresses the systematic treatment of travel phoia after RTIs, highlighting the following: assessment and preparation for treatment with the emphasis on safety and resource installation; common themes or treatment targets to be addressed with EMDR; common blocking beliefs which prevent treatment progress and practical homework tasks to be used in conjunction with future templates. The aim of the paper is to offer a focused approach to the treatment of travel phobia with or without PTSD which has a high success rate in the author's experience.

Keywords: Road Traffic Incidents  RTI  Travel Phobia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

186. Farrell, D. (2013, June). EMDR treatment plan and survivors of child sexual abuse by clergy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The issue of sexual abuse by clergy is not a new phenomenon of concern. Sipe (1995, pg 10) states that in spite of all the good done by clergy for both children and adults there is an ancient awareness of the danger of and potential for their corruption. This workshop will consider some of the essential aspects of survivor’s experiences of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy or religious from a psycho-traumatology perspective. It will explore the implications for using EMDR with this client group. The primary focus of the workshop will be upon the EMDR phases of: History taking (Case Conceptualisation), Preparation Phase, Implications for desensitisation and reprocessing and the wider implications for EMDR clinical practice.
Learning Objectives: Consider the diagnostic and case conceptual frameworks relating to this specific client group informed by the Adaptive Information Processing model; Outline key aspects relating to phase 2 preparation and resource building; and Explore some of the implications for desensitization and reprocessing in relation to working with survivors of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy.

Keywords: Children  Clergy Abuse  Sexual Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

187. Galvin, M. (2007, June). EMDR treatment tactics: Using the accelerating-decelerating model and energy psychology to enhance interventions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists are frequently faced with two situations where treatment must be adjusted: blocked processing and incomplete sessions. The first is address in the Part I Training Manual under Facilitating Black Processing in Phase Four. That secion describes three situations: Where processing proceeds “favorably,” where the client over-responds, and where the client under-responds. The manual then describes decelerating tactics for addressing the second situation and accelerating strategies for addressing the third situation. We will use a format introducing an expansion of the TICES (Trigger, Image, Cognition, Emotion, Sensation) model for improves pacing of treatment. The expanded model draws on Multimodal Therapy and adds the modalities of Behavior, Interpersonal Aspects, and Drugs (actually all areas of health including diet, mediation, exercise, and the like). Clinicians can utilize the concepts to recognize when therapy has stalled (or is about to stall) because of client’s under responding and over responding in the sesson, and then apply appropriate interventions. The interventions are from EMDR, from other methods, and from Energy Psychology (EP). Increasingly, EMDR therapists are also practitioners of EP. The second challenging situation faced by EMDR therapists us when time is running out, yet the level of disturbance is still elevated. The Training Manual describes a procedure for closing such a session in Phase Seven, including a containment exercise. This workshop will show how EP techniques are an additional resource to bring to bear when dealing with incomplete sessions. There will be a description and demonstration of a couple of simple but powerful EP techniques. Participants can quickly learn these methods and will be able to immediately incorporate them into their practices. Handouts on the TICES/BID/Acceleration-Decelerating model and on the Energy Psychology techniques will be distributed.

Keywords: Energy Psychology  Treatment Tactics  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

188. Shapiro, F. (2002). EMDR treatment: Overview and integration. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 27-55). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
EMDR is not viewed as a panacea but rather as a comprehensive approach to be applied to experiential contributors of disorder and self-enhancement. The information-processing model that governs EMDR practice invites clinicians to view the overall client picture to identify the past events that contribute to the dysfunction, the present events that trigger disturbance, and the skills and internal resources that need to be incorporated for healthy and adaptive living in the future. The approach to the clinical picture is termed the adaptive information-processing model. It was previously termed the accelerated information-processing model because the rapid learning and transmutation of characteristics can take place without the time limitations accepted and imposed on the previous traditional therapies. [Text, p. 27]TOPICS TREATED: Eight phases of treatment (client history and planning; preparation; assessment; desensitization; installation; body scan; closure; re-evaluation); Adaptive information processing (mimicking spontaneous processing; case study); Future explorations

Keywords: Adults  Cognitive Therapy  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Stressors  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

189. Wintersperger, S. (2008, September). EMDR und psychoanalyse [EMDR and psychoanalysis]. Pre-Congress am 11. Kongress der European Society of Hypnosis in Psychotherapie und Psychosomatische Medizin, Wien, Österreich.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR wurde als ein Verfahren entwickelt, um belastende/traumatische Erinnerungen nachträglich zu verarbeiten/integrieren. Phase 4 des EMDR- Standardprotokolls, das sogenannte „Prozessieren“ hat hierbei eine zentrale Bedeutung, es ist ein spezifisches Kernstück in der EMDR-Behandlungstechnik. Es handelt sich dabei um eine gezielt in Gang gesetzte besondere Form des assoziativen „Denkens“, (das neurobiologisch gesprochen ein „subkortikales Denken“ ist), welches an das Freie Assoziieren in der Psychoanalyse erinnert.

EMDR was developed as a method to integrate process stressful / traumatic memories later /. Phase 4 of the EMDR standard protocol, the so-called "litigation" has a central role here, there is a specific key instrument in the EMDR treatment technology. This is a deliberately set in motion particular form of associative "thinking" (which is spoken a neurobiological "subcortical thinking"), which commemorates the free associating in psychoanalysis. Based on this observation I would make the attempt, on the one hand against the background Psychotraumatological concepts of integration and the other along the dimension of psychoanalytic concepts of insight and change illustrate this phenomenon. My working hypothesis is: The KH-views and treatment concepts of psychoanalysis and the neurobiological findings of psycho trauma are not incompatible in the focal point of change, he is now litigating or free association, faces some of the ways. As a conclusion I'm going to answer the question, can be combined if and under what conditions the EMDR treatment technique of psychoanalytic psychotherapy.

Keywords: Psychoanalysis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

190. ter Heide, J. J. (2008, June). EMDR versus stabilisation in the treatment of traumatised asylum seekers and refugees: Preliminary results of a pilot RCT. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Conference, London, England UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Despite the high prevalence of PTSD in refugee populations, it is as yet unclear how to treat traumatised refugees and asylum seekers most effectively. Whilst EMDR is a treatment of choice for PTSD, it is considered good clinical practice to use a phased model of intervention with these patients. In this model, a stabilisation phase precedes EMDR. Many clinicians are reluctant to try EMDR with this population for fear of psychological decompensation. They tend to stick to stabilisation techniques. Centrum ’45 in the Netherlands is a national centre for mental health care, specialising in the treatment of victims of war and organised violence. In order to optimise the mental health care offered, the centre is conducting a pilot RCT to see which is more effective in the treatment of traumatised asylum seekers and refugees: eight sessions of EMDR or eight sessions of stabilisation. The study population consists of 20 adult patients who applied for treatment and who met the DSM-IV criteria of PTSD, excluding those who are suicidal, psychotic, (hypo) manic or who suffer from substance abuse or eating disorders. Patients are screened for participation using the SCID module PTSD and part of the MINI. Symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety, and quality of life are assessed at pre- and post-treatment and follow-up, using the HTQ, HSCL-25 and the WHOQOL-BREF. The pilot study is due to finish in October 2008. In this poster presentation, we present preliminary findings, including data from the pre- and post-treatment assessments.

Keywords: Asylum Seekers  Poster  Refugees  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

191. ter Heide, F. J. J., Mooren, T. M., Kleijn, W., de Jongh, A., & Kleber, R. J. (2011, August). EMDR versus stabilisation in traumatised asylum seekers and refugees: Results of a pilot study. European Journal of Psychotraumatology, 2, 5881. doi:10.3402/ejpt.v2i0.5881.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Background: Traumatised asylum seekers and refugees are clinically considered a complex population. Discussion exists on whether with this population treatment guidelines for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) should be followed and Trauma-Focused Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy (TF-CBT) or Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) should be applied, or whether a phased model starting with stabilisation is preferable. Some clinicians fear that trauma-focused interventions may lead to unmanageable distress or may be ineffective. While cognitive-behavioural interventions have been found to be effective with traumatised refugees, no studies concerning the efficacy of EMDR with this population have been conducted as yet. Objective: In preparation for a randomised trial comparing EMDR and stabilisation with traumatised refugees, a pilot study with 20 participants was conducted. The objective was to examine feasibility of participation in a randomised trial for this complex population and to examine acceptability and preliminary efficacy of EMDR. Design: Participants were randomly allocated to 11 sessions of either EMDR or stabilisation. Symptoms of PTSD (SCID-I, HTQ), depression and anxiety (HSCL-25), and quality of life (WHOQOL-BREF) were assessed at pre- and post-treatment and 3-month follow-up. Results: Participation of traumatised refugees in the study was found feasible, although issues associated with complex traumatisation led to a high pre-treatment attrition and challenges in assessments. Acceptability of EMDR was found equal to that of stabilisation with a high drop-out for both conditions. No participants dropped out of the EMDR condition because of unmanageable distress. While improvement for EMDR participants was small, EMDR was found to be no less efficacious than stabilisation. Different symptom courses between the two conditions, with EMDR showing some improvement and stabilisation showing some deterioration between pre-treatment and post-treatment, justify the conduct of a full trial. Conclusion: With some adaptations in study design, inclusion of a greater sample is justifiable to determine which treatment is more suitable for this complex population.

Keywords: Asylum Seekers  Refugees  Posttraumatic Stress Disoder  PTSD  TF-CBT  Trauma-Focused Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

192. Settle, C. (2007, June). EMDR with children 2-10 years of age: Practical and creative therapuetic tools derived from an ongoing fidelity study based on the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will encompass the findings from a current and ongoing research study on EMDR with young children, with implications for clinical practice arising from this study. The clinical experiences of the presenter, which include treating traumatized children and training EMDR therapists, led to the first EMDR fidelity study on children. From that study, our preliminary findings led us to formulate suggestions about training therapists; these ideas will be explained in the workshop.
Examples will be discussed of how issues related to the therapist, client, and patient, home environment, clinical environment, and therapist training all impact the EMDR treatment protocol with children 20 to 10 years of age. Participants will also learn to identify developmentally appropriate and child-specific languaging in order to conceptualize the treatment of children using the EMDR protocol. Using Dr. Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model, participants will learn to attune to the child verbally and non-verbally to understand how the child has learned to store the trauma in their memory network, versus how the parent or therapist believes the trauma to be stored. Specific tools like mapping and graphing that are used to tease out all the pieces of the EMDR protocol and develop case conceptualization will be demonstrated with associated videos. Through the use of Powerpoint presentation, case presentation, and handouts, additional practical and interesting tools will be presented to assist therapists in using Resource Development, Mastery, and Safe Place exercises in the efficacious treatment of young children. Creative tools used to identify targets, emotions, body sensation, and negative and positive cognitions, will be demonstrated, as well as measurements to aid the child in eliciting the VOC and SUDs. Also, the important of the three-pronged approach (the process of addressing targets from the past, present, and future), and how to develop targets from a child’s often concrete perspective, will be discussed. Finally, participants will be able to use a specific format for reevaluation from both the child’s and parents’ point of view. With these advanced skills in translating EMDR into developmentally appropriate terms and imaginative tools for implementation, participants will return to their practices encouraged to use the entire EMDR protocol with even the youngest of clients. The workshop, which is based on clinical experience and research, will teach creative skills in applying the eight-phase protocol to young children.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Children  Fidelity Study  Techniques  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

193. Case, C. (2013, May). EMDR with children ages 3-12, a developmental and attachment perspective. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Regional Network 9th Annual Spring Conference, Amherst MA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address EMDR preparation phase work for children ages three to twelve. A developmental lens will be applied to helping children develop an Observing Self and internalized positive cognitions for successful processing. Enlisting parents as allies, and choosing the best method of processing will also be addressed.

Keywords: Children  Observing Self  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

194. Beer, R., & de Roos, C. (2008, April). EMDR with chronologically traumatized children and adolescents. Workshop presentation at the 1st Bi-annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this workshop important aspects of the treatment, with EMDR as the main approach, of chronically traumatized children and adolescents will be discussed. What are the necessary conditions to be present or to be created in the preparatory phase of treatment? How much and what kind of stabilization is needed as the bottom line before trauma processing by EMDR can be initiated? An overview of empirical studies on treatment effects with this specific population will be discussed. Using video fragments, we will clarify how EMDR can be embedded in multifaceted treatment programs in different treatment settings. The question will be dealt with how parents can (not) be involved in order to reach optimal treatment outcome. Learning objectives: 1. Enhance knowledge and understanding of the benefit of EMDR in the treatment of chronically traumatized children and adolescents 2. Enhance knowledge for identification of children and adolescents for whom EMDR may be appropriate. 3. Enhance understanding of the role for parents in the EMDR treatment with these clients.

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

195. Meignant, I. (2011, June). EMDR with couples in the context of family therapy [EMDR mit paaren im kontext der familientherapie]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of both Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model and the AIP model is a new perspective for couples’therapy and for EMDR target plan and further in individual therapy where relational problems are involved. This workshop will teach present a way to do a target plan for relational problem treatment. Focusing on couples’therapy the workshop will show how to do an EMDR case conceptualization integrating the systemic model. It will propose clinical question/answer that will help to decide to use EMDR or not in the couple session, choosing the position of the other member of the couple during the reprocessing phases. It will show the use of individual safe places as a safe place for the couple during the session and at home. What we propose here is that the understanding of Mony Elkaïm’s Systemic model for a couple in crisis guides us to find where to work on the past of each member to heal the couple in the EMDR target plan. We imagine that this understanding can be of help to build a bridge between any 2 parts of a relation: 2friends, 2 colleagues, 2 persons from different culture or religion. The presentation will illustrate how the systemic model created by Mony Elkaïm for understanding couple crisis can be useful in the EMDR treatment of couples, EMDR case conceptualization and EMDR target plan. This model insists on the double bind in which each member of the couple is torn between his/her Official Program and his/her World View. For example: "I want to be loved" (O.P) and" if someone loves me he will leave me" (W.V.). These world views are creating repetitive cycles which are trapping the members of the couple or of any people in interaction. The aim of the EMDR practitioner is to treat the dysfunctional stored memories connected with these world views and give them flexibility to free the members of the couple from the vicious circle in which they are caught. In this presentation we propose to show how making hypothesis about the World view of each member of the couple and verifying them will guide us to the individual target that will be the Gordian knot in the present problem the couple is dealing with, hence helping the system to evolve from a situation of crisis to a situation of equilibrium. Using EMDR will help to give flexibility to the world view of each member. Using it within Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model will help the couple. Following each phase of the EMDR model eight-phases protocol, we will show how it will be applied to couple therapy with case studies and practice example. We will see how this target plan can apply to any dyad or system in crisis in family therapy, couple therapy and individual therapy. Learning objectives: •Understand how to use the systemic model, reciprocal double bind, to find the individual targets that are involved in the couple or any relational present problem in an EMDR target plan. •Being able to do the installation of EMDR safe place as a resource for the couple. •Evaluate more clearly whether and when to use EMDR in the couple therapy session. •Knowing specifications of each of the 8 phases EMDR protocol with couple.

Keywords: Couples  Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

196. Ordoux, I. M. (2008, June). EMDR within systemic couple therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The presentation will illustrate how the systemic model created by Mony Elkaïm for understanding couple crisis can be useful in the EMDR treatment of couples. He insists on the double bind in which each member of the couple is torn between his/her Official Program and his/her World View. For example: “I want to be loved” (O.P) and” if someone loves me he will leave me” (W.V.). These world views are creating repetitive cycles which are trapping the members of the couple. The aim of EMDR practitioner is to treat the dysfunctional stored memories connected with these world views and give them flexibility to free the members of the couple from the vicious circle in which they are caught. In this presentation we propose to show how making hypothesis about the World view of each member of the couple and verifying them will guide us to the individual target that will be the Gordian knot in the present problem which the couple come with, helping the system to evolve from a situation of crisis to a situation of equilibrium. Using EMDR will help to give flexibility to the world view of each member. Using it within Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model will help the couple. Following each phase of the EMDR eight phases protocol, we will show how it will be applied in relation to couple therapy. With case studies and practice example, we will see how we get through each phase with couples.

Keywords: Couples Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

197. Moura, J. G. D. (2012, Novembro). EMDR – Construção de diagnóstico comum ou acertando o alvo [EMDR - Construction of common diagnosis or hitting the target]. In temas diversos. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A estabilização é o momento do processo onde recebemos o paciente construímos rapport, entendimento comum do que esta se passando, damos informações psicopedagógicas sobre o trauma e o que é EMDR e o preparamos para as próximas fases. Esta apresentação pretende focar esta primeira etapa, que seria a construção do que convencionamos chamar de setting terapêutico dentro da perspectiva do EMDR. Este é um momento fundamental para o sucesso do tratamento. Quando nos posicionamos de forma correta frente a ele construindo um entendimento comum, que também podemos chamar de diagnostico comum, emparelhamos, damos sentido e fluidez ao processo. Reproduzimos e ativamos dentro do jogo psicoterapêutico capacidade inata de nós seres humanos de mimetização e sincronização com o outro na intenção de realizar algo, aprender e melhorar nossas chances de sobreviver. Lançamos mão constantemente como terapeutas desta aptidão para resolução das equações trazidas por nossos pacientes e não raramente nos beneficiamos aprendendo mais sobre nós e o mundo. Este processo pressupõe um exercício de entrar na plástica do outro, estranhá-la e refletir para e com ele sobre o que o aflige e suas potencialidades. Como se dá este processo? Como podemos transformar impressões em narrativa? Como construímos um diagnostico comum?

The stabilization process is the time where we get the patient build rapport, common understanding of what is going on, we psychopedagogical information about trauma and what is EMDR and prepare for the next phases. This presentation aims to address this first phase, the construction of what would conventionally call the therapeutic setting within the perspective of EMDR. This is a critical time for successful treatment. When positioned correctly in front of him building a common understanding, which we can also call common diagnosis, emparelhamos, give direction and fluidity to the process. Reproduced within the game and activate innate ability psychotherapeutic us humans to mimic and synchronize with each other in an attempt to accomplish something, learn and improve our chances of survival. We used this constantly as therapists ability to solve the equations brought by our patients and not infrequently we benefit by learning more about ourselves and the world. This process involves an exercise of plastic entering the other, her strange and reflect and to him about what ails you and your capabilities. How is this process? How can we turn impressions into narrative? How to build a common diagnosis?

Keywords: Body Language  Building Common Diagnosis  Phases 1  Phase 2  Stabilization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

198. Mevissen, L., & Lievegoed, L. (2012, June). EMDR, a healing pathway also for people with Autism? [Mevissen]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Autism is characterized by impairment in information processing, with direct consequences for the AIP in EMDR as a result. This core impairment in autism strongly influences attachment development, relation to and communication with others, sense of self, relation to the own body and thus to bodily senses, functioning of the sensory system (hypo or hyper), view on the world, development of cognitive schemata and development of the stress system. People with autism are easily traumatized, even by 'small-­‐small-­‐t events'. Often a single trauma leads to complex traumatization. Because PTSD symptoms mimic symptoms of autism, 'diagnostic overshadowing' is a frequently seen phenomenon. This is even more the case in clients with some form of intellectual disability. In this workshop several cases of people with autism treated with EMDR will be presented and discussed, with the use of abundant video material: cases in which treatment is influenced by the autism, as well as cases in which the diagnosis 'autism' no longer fits after treatment of PTSD symptoms, or the other way round when a client referred for PTSD shows up in the course of treatment as having an autism spectrum disorder. Autism has consequences for all phases of the 8 phase 3 pronged therapy model of EMDR. This workshop emphasizes on the creative implementation of the core principles of EMDR in the treatment of people with various autism spectrum disorders.

El autismo se caracteriza por un impedimento del procesamiento de la información y, por tanto, con consecuencias directas para el SPIA en EMDR. Este impedimento fundamental en el autismo incide fuertemente en el desarrollo del apego, las relaciones y la comunicación con terceros, sentido del yo, la relación para con el propio cuerpo y, por ende, con los sentidos corporales, el funcionamiento del sistema sensorial (hipo o hiper), con su visión del mundo, el desarrollo de esquemas cognitivos y con el desarrollo del sistema del estrés. Las personas con autismo sufren traumatización con facilidad, incluido como consecuencia de 'sucesos con t minúscula'. A menudo, un único trauma conduce a una traumatización compleja. Dado que los síntomas de TEPT imitan los síntomas del autismo, 'el eclipse diagnóstico' es un fenómeno frecuente, aún más entre clientes que sufren algún tipo de discapacidad intelectual. En este taller, se presentará y se hablara de varios casos de personas con autismo que han sido tratados con EMDR, sirviéndose de mucho material en vídeo: aquellos casos en los que el tratamiento se ve afectado por el autismo, así como aquellos en los que el diagnóstico de 'autismo' deja de ser apropiado tras el tratamiento de los síntomas de TEPT o viceversa cuando en el transcurso del tratamiento, resulta que un cliente derivado por TEPT presenta un trastorno del espectro autista. El autismo tiene consecuencias en todas las fases del modelo terapéutico de EMDR que consta de 8 fases que trabajan en tres contextos. Este taller resalta la implantación creativa de los principios fundamentales del EMDR en el tratamiento de personas que sufren trastornos del espectro autista.

Keywords: Autism  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

199. Carvalho, E. (2012, June). EMDR, fotos, dibujos y metáforas [EMDR, pictures, drawings and metaphors]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will present the adaptation of the traditional 8-­‐phase EMDR treatment approach using drawings, pictures and metaphorical language; with adults. The eight phases will be described in detail, and presentations from client cases will illustrate its use. Pictures will be shown from the beginning and end of the same session as a means of demonstrating the efficacy of EMDR and its power for change.
En este taller se presentará la adaptación del tratamiento tradicional de 8 fases EMDR usando dibujos, pinturas y lenguaje metafórico; con adultos. Las 8 fases serán descritas en detalle, y las presentaciones de casos clínicos reales ilustraran su uso. Las pinturas serán mostradas desde el principio hasta el final de la misma sesión con el fin de demostrar la eficacia del EMDR y su poder de cambio.

Keywords: Drawings, Metaphors  Pictures  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

200. Couto, M., Farate, C., Ramos, S., & Fleming, M. (2012, June). EMDR, setting and therapeutic relationship: A comparative study with CBT and psychoanalytic therapists. Poster presented at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: The therapeutic efficacy of EMDR is increasingly documented in process and outcome studies. However there is an ongoing debate on whether this effectiveness is mainly due to EMDR therapeutic techniques or to other variables. Since EMDR technical procedures are also related to the way the therapist manages both the space and the therapeutic relationship with the patient there is a growing trend towards the study of the influence of contextual and therapist variables on treatment outcome. This study aims to compare the management of both setting and therapeutic relationship among experienced EMDR, CBT and psychoanalytic therapists. The data and sample correspond to a preliminary phase of a broader research project whose aim is the construction of a psychometric instrument of trans-theoretical nature (Management of the Setting Scale-MSS) aimed at the assessment of setting on therapeutic outcome.

Keywords: CBT  Cogntive Behavior Therapy, Poster  Psychoanalysis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

201. Lendl, J., & Kong, C. (2011, August). EMDR-AIP update and applications for EMDRIA approved consultants. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Consultation is playing a larger role in EMDR training. It is necessary for completion of the basic training, for EMDRIA certification, and for becoming a Consultant. Participants will be able to cite EMDRIA’s definition of EMDR and apply it in consultation sessions; describe the concept of Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) as it informs the EMDR psychotherapy methodology; explain the 8-Phase/3-Prong Protocol through the AIP lens; and describe several coaching methods for use in EMDR consultation. The workshop will include lecture, handouts, and role-play of consultation situations, with time for questions from participants’ consulting experiences. This workshop will not discuss EMDRIA certification requirements or how to become a consultant.

Keywords: Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

202. Kong, C., & Lendl, J. (2012, October). EMDR-AIP update and applications for EMDRIA approved consultants. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Consultation is playing a larger role in EMDR training. It is necessary for completion of the basic training, for EMDRIA certification, and for becoming a Consultant. Participants will be able to: 1) cite EMDRIA’s definition of EMDR and apply it in consultation situations; 2) describe Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) Theory as it applies to EMDR psychotherapy, for use in consultation; and 3) explain the 8-Phase/3-Prong Protocol in EMDR for use in consultation situations. The workshop will include lecture, handouts, and role-play of consultation situation vignettes, with time for questions from participants’ consulting experiences. This workshop will not discuss EMDRIA certification requirements or how to become a consultant.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Consultants  Updates  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

203. Lendl, J., & Kong, C. (2010, September/October). EMDR-AIP update for EMDRIA approved consultants. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Consultation is playing a larger role in EMDR training. It is necessary for completion of the basic training, for EMDRIA Certification, and for becoming an Approved Consultant. Participants will be able to cite EMDRIA’s Definition of EMDR and apply it in consultation sessions; describe the concept of Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) as it informs the EMDR psychotherapy methodology; and explain the eight-Phase/three-Prong Protocol through the AIP lens. The workshop will include lecture, handouts, and role-play of consultation situations, with time for questions from participants’ consulting experiences. This workshop will not discuss EMDRIA Certification requirements or how to become an Approved Consultant.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Update  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

204. Rougemont-Bucking, A., & Zimmermann, E. N. (2012). EMDR-based treatment of psychotraumatic antecedents in illicit drug abusers: A report of two cases. Schweizer Archiv Für Neurologie Und Psychiatrie, 163(3), 107-115.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The co-occurrence of PTSD and of substance use disorder (SD) is known to be very high. However the question of whether and how to treat such patients remains largely unanswered in the EMDR community. We report on two cases of EMDR-based treatment of heavily affected SD patients in whom psychotraumatic antecedents were identified. EMDR sessions focused on trauma-related material and not on the expression of cue-induced drug craving. The treatment appeared to be a difficult and challenging endeavour. However, some beneficial effects on general comfort and on drug consumption could be observed. A long stabilisation phase was mandatory and the standard EMDR protocol needed to be conducted with much flexibility. Interestingly, there was no provocation of a prolonged psychological crisis or of relapse. Experiencing of emotional stress could be limited to the sessions and dissociation could be absorbed with specific well-known techniques without permanently increasing drug craving. These observations are discussed in relation to previously published concepts of using EMDR in the field of trauma and substance abuse.

Keywords: Addiction  Comorbidity  Dissociation  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PSTD  Substance Use Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

205. Bertino, G., & Ostacoli, L. (2011, June). EMDR-drawing integration in the treatment of complex PTSD and severe organic diseases. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As a complement to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to the inner representations of the trauma, objectivising it. Thus the person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent and modify. In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that suffers those experiences in a condition of impotence and passivity. The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool enables us to access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and setting a distance from pain by objectivising it. A protective space is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering. The patient is offered the possibility of drawing what is occurring in the self’s here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description without interpretation. The represented image is treated as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patient is asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets, an adaptive drawing emerges that may be installed as a resource. The workshop focuses on the treatment of two clinical conditions, complex PTSD and severe medical diseases, with the support of video and graphic materials. It includes a practical experience of the Technique Learning objectives: To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through graphic and video material of clinical cases. To recognise the indications in which it provides added value to the classical protocol. To learn its use in various psychopathological conditions, with particular emphasis on dissociative states and severe medical diseases. The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising it, and creates a bridge of communication between the self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return to desensitising and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.

Keywords: Drawing Integration  Organic Disease  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex-PTSD  C-PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

206. Carvalho, E. R. (2007, June). EMDR: Drawings, pictures, and metaphors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will present the adaptation of the traditional 8-phase EMDR protocol to the use of drawings, pictures and metaphorical language with adults. The protocol will be described in detail, and presentations from client cases will illustrate its use. Pictures will be shown from the beginning and end of the same sessions as a means of demonstrating the efficacy of EMDR and its power for change.

Keywords: Drawings  Metaphors  Pictures  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

207. Greenwald, R. (2007, October). EMDR: Within a phase model of trauma-informed treatment. New York: Haworth Press. ix, 255 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Trauma is a potential source of most types of emotional or behavioral problems. Extensive research has shown EMDR to be an effective and efficient trauma treatment. EMDR Within a Phase Model of Trauma-Informed Treatment offers mental health professionals an accessible plain-language guide to this popular and successful method. The book also introduces the “Fairy Tale Model” as a way to understand and remember the essential phases of treatment and the tasks in each phase. This manual teaches a clear rationale and a systematic approach to trauma-informed treatment, including often-neglected elements of treatment that are essential to preparing clients for EMDR. The reader is led step by step through the treatment process, with scripted hands-on exercises to learn each skill. In addition to presenting the fundamental EMDR procedures, EMDR Within a Phase Model of Trauma-Informed Treatment teaches a treatment system that can be applied to a variety of cases. Using research-supported and proven-effective methods, this book takes you through the treatment process with easily-understood dialogues and examples. Explicitly guided exercises produce hands-on skills and familiarize you with ways to explain trauma to clients and prepare them for EMDR. You will also learn to problem-solve challenging cases using the trauma framework.

Keywords: Phase Model of Trauma-Informed Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

208. Horne, B. (2010, April/May). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with affect regulation. It will look at containment in EMDR’s Phases 2 (Preparation) and 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to properly close incomplete EMDR sessions. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice new methods before using them with clients.

Keywords: Closure  Containment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

209. Horne, B. (2012, April). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Containment involves a great deal more than pretty little exercises that help the client drive home safely. This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with the affect regulation that is necessary for trauma reprocessing. Containment work in Phase 2 can help the client develop this necessary dual attention skill (proof of requisite affect regulation). We will also look at containment in EMDR’s Phase 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to both prepare clients for 11-step protocols and properly close incomplete. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice at least one new method for use with clients.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify the importance of containment in EMDR and its implications with respect to dual attention and trauma reprocessing 2. Participants will identify some key strategies for completing Phase 2 (Preparation) with respect to building the affect regulation skill necessary for maintaining dual awareness during trauma reprocessing (Phases 3-7) 3. Participants will be able to define and describe the essentials of Phase 7 (Closure) of the EMDR protocol, in particular, the need to ensure containment of remaining negative affect in the case of incomplete protocols. 4. Participants will develop knowledge of several effective closure methods 5. Participants will acquire mastery of at least one new closure method through practicum experience

Keywords: Closure  Containment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

210. Quinn, G. (2013, May). EMDR: Immediate emergency treatment for manmade and natural disasters. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a well-established therapy for the treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). PTSD can be reduced or prevented if treated during the first month after a trauma when a person displays Acute Stress Disorder (ASD). Although usually used later, EMDR has also been used effectively in the immediate period following trauma. Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress. The Emergency Response Procedure is an adaptation of the Standard EMDR Protocol which was developed to deal with victims of natural and manmade disaster within hours of exposure to trauma. Participants in this workshop will learn the Emergency Response Procedure and its application to treating clients immediately after a trauma. Case examples will be presented to illustrate the successful treatment of Acute Stress Disorder with survivors of the Tsunami in Thailand and with victims of terror and war. Learning Objectives: • Within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid, to learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma utilizing ERP • To apply ERP in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking, prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other time of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions • To learn when and how to use ERP for patients exhibiting “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in an ambulance en route to medical facilities • To understand how to utilize the Recent Events Protocol in the face of ongoing danger • To understand EMDR methods that may be used in emergency settings where multiple patients need rapid treatment

Keywords: Disasters  Emergency Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

211. D‘Hooghe, D. (2010, June). EMDR‘s application in the treatment of children with selective mutism. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This case concerns a 4,5 year old girl with Selective Mutism. In this particular case. I considered Selective Mutism a symptom of an attachment trauma. Since the trauma wasn't accessible seeing her age and the complexity of the trauma, I used the symptom as a target. I applied EMDR within a phase model: the preparation phase, confrontation phase and integration phase. During these three phases I continuously worked with bilateral stimulation It is my hypothesis that in this case the bilateral stimulation: 1. stimulated and strengthened positive links in the adaptive network. 2 synchronized the activity of both cerebral hemispheres, resulting in a connection between the primary emotions of traumatic experiences and rational insights and language. 3. unblocked the traumatic information and reactivated the natural healing process of the brain. I used several forms of bilateral stimulation as visual stimulation, tactile stimulation and the butterfly hug. Because of her lack of words, she wasn't able to tell me anything. So through storytelling I offered her different themes to which she could respond by making drawings, figures in clay, etc. During the preparation phase, I focused on safety, ego strengthening and affect management to reduce the fear to speak. 1. Working with safety : the eye movements were first accomplished using a safe Image which brought up her own sense of security. Then, after imagining this safe place, the child was willing to play tapping games to strengthen feelings of safety. 2. Ego strengthening : to feel as strong as possible by installing resources and positive cognitions, and guiding the child towards acceptance and development of its unique being. Bilateral stimulation was used to strengthen the positive experiences. 3. Affect management: in the process of strengthening affect management, the child was given access to her anxiety by storytelling linked to visualization, the use of images and bodywork. Again, bilateral stimulation was used to strengthen the positive experiences/skills. After a few sessions. I introduced the use of language and stimulated her to make sounds, followed by pronouncing places of words and finally the pronunciation of complete words and sentences. Through this whole process, 1 combined the specific exercises to learn how to speak with bilateral stimulations. During the twelfth session, the child started talking spontaneously Given the fact that there wasn't any direct confrontation work during the sessions, we are left to wonder whether there has or hasn't occurred any trauma processing. The symptom came to a halt, together with the disappearance of other symptoms that were Inked to the trauma. The question is whether it is necessary to confront young children with their trauma in order to heal. Nevertheless, it seems like the combination of bilateral stimulation with storytelling, art therapy, play therapy and visualization speeded up the elimination of the child's trauma symptoms considerably.

Keywords: Experimental Use  Selective Mutism  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

212. Quinn, G., & Zucker, D. (2008, June). Emergency EMDR & ERP (Emergency Response Procedure): Treatment following natural man made disasters for victims experiencing immediate high stress and including the period of ASD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a well established therapy for the treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). It is believed that PTSD can be reduced or prevented if treated early. Although usually used at a later time, EMDR has also been used effectively in the immediate period following trauma. Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress .The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP), described in the Humanitarian Assistance Programs (HAP) Disaster Manual, was developed to deal with victims of natural and man made disaster within hours of exposure to trauma. Participants in this workshop will learn how to respond to these clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma, utilizing Debriefing and ERP. This same basic approach can be applied in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking, and prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR. Similarly, treatment with ERP may also be considered for patients exhibiting this “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in ambulances en route to medical facilities. Case examples will be presented to illustrate the successful treatment of Acute Stress Disorder (ASD) with survivors of the earthquake in Turkey and the Tsunami in Thailand, and with victims of terror and war in Israel. In this presentation the Recent Events Protocol will be examined, with particular emphasis on modifying the Positive Cognitions (PC) in the face of continuing ongoing danger. The EMDR Group Protocol will be presented and followed by a practicum. [There are 2 PDF files.]

Keywords: Emergency Response Procedure  ERP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

213. Quinn, G. (2009). Emergency response procedure. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 271-276). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP) was initially developed to help victims within hours of a terrorist attack, but can be applied in the immediate aftermath of any trauma. Patients may present with "silent terror," shaking and inability to speak, or if they are verbal, often they are in a highly agitated state. The procedure has been used in the emergency room and during hospitalization. It is also appropriate for immediate intervention at the scene of critical incidents such as car accidents, earthquakes, natural or man-made disasters, and in ambulances. While taking an initial history, prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR, ERP can be put into effect if patients suddenly abreact. This procedure presumes familiarity with the Standard EMDR Protocol of which it is an adaptation. Clinicians highly experienced in dealing with patients immediately after a traumatic event—who are not familiar with EMDR—will still benefit from this report. Note: This procedure has not received official sanctioning from the EMDR Institute and has not been validated by research. This procedure can only be considered after all medical needs have been evaluated or treated. The Emergency Response Procedure Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Emergency Response Procedure  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

214. Corrigan, F. M. (2005, June). Emoting mindfullness drives reprocessing:  Clinical and functional MRI observations. In Research issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is proposed that enhanced mindfulness of emotions is a key factor in successful reprocessing of traumatic memories with EMDR. Clinical experience of utilising this focus will be presented. An attempt to study the hypothesis using functional magnetic resonance imaging will be described.

Keywords: MRI  Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

215. Corrigan, F. (2007, March). Emotions, mindfulness, defence responses: A ventromedial shift hypothesis on the mechanism of action of EMDR. Symposium at the 5th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Glasgow, Scotland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Mechanism of Action  Mindfulness  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

216. deGraffenreid, D., & Page, R. (2009, April 18). The enhanced safe place: A practitioners guide to using multi sensory imaging to strengthen the safe place. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Enhanced Safe Place (ESP) builds comfort and trust early in treatment. EP is especially effective in community MH settings. ESP contains preparatory information, multi sensory imaging, progressive relaxation and simple hypnotherapy techniques. Participants will practice the three stages (preparation, beginning, debriefing) and 10 specific techniques to help create highly effective body-oriented ESP experiences.

Keywords: Enhanced Safe Place  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

217. Keller, M. (2010, July). Enhancing EMDR with mindfulness skills. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
“Enhancing EMDR with Mindfulness Skills” 1. Introduction and overview of the evolution of mindfulness practice. 2. Current uses of mindfulness in clinical practice. 3. Summary of research. 4. Similarities between mindfulness and EMDR: a. Just noticing, b. “Go with that”, c. Becoming less reactive to mental content, d. Living in the present. 5. Enhancing EMDR: a. Increasing awareness of images, thoughts, emotions, and body sensations, b. Increasing trust to allow the mind to spontaneously process memory networks, c. Improving reprocessing between sessions, d. Reducing reactivity to current and future distress, e. Improve attunement of the therapist. 6. Brief mindfulness practice and conclusion.

Keywords: Mindfulness Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

218. Shapiro, S. (2001). Enhancing self-belief with EMDR:  Developing a sense of mastery in the early phase of treatment. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 55(4), 531-542.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Deep inside each of us is a seed that holds our vision of truth, peace, and happiness. Our early childhood attachments, societal influences, and innate capacity determine how well that seed is nurtured and the deepest inner vision is set free. This article is about the ways that vision becomes clouded by attachment deficits, trauma, and subsequent symptoms. The deep inner wish to heal allows for transformation, and approaches like Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, and hypnotherapy can assist in creating a more rapid acceleration of trauma resolution and transformation of self. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Hypnotherapy  Self Efficacy  Self Esteem  Stressors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

219. Corrigan, F. M., & Jennett, J. (2004, August). Ephedra alkaloids and brief relapse in EMDR-treated obsessive compulsive disorder. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 110(2), 158. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0047.2004.00368.x.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Letter to the editor commenting on an article by E. Ernst (see record 2003-05653-002). We report the case of a patient who was effectively treated for severe obsessive compulsive disorder but relapsed briefly following ingestion of herbal products containing ephedra alkaloids that she bought to facilitate weight loss. The patient was a 29-year-old woman with a 10-year history of obsessive compulsive disorder who was referred for Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) when her condition had not responded to cognitive behavior therapy nor to various medications including Fluoxetine, Paroxetine, Clomipramine and Amitriptyline. Her score on the Dissociative Experiences Scale was low and there was nothing in the clinical history to suggest major dissociative disorder, so after preparation with mindfulness, relaxation and safe place imagery she proceeded to treatment with EMDR. Nine months later she reported a relapse into increased anxiety with a partial return to compulsive thoughts and behaviours after she had obtained a herbal health product sold to promote weight loss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Comment  Desensitization  Ephedra  Letter  Luvoxamine  Obsessive Compulsive Disorder  OCD  Plant Preparations  Relapse  Reply  Review  Serotonin Uptake Inhibitors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

220. Jenkins, S., & Baker, J. (2011). The equine-assisted EMDR manual: A guide to the integration of eye movement desensitization reprocessing and equine-assisted therapy. Tempe, AZ: Dragonfly International Therapy .

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This manual includes an overview of Equine-Assisted Psychotherapy (EAP) and Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) individually, and the rationale for integrating them through the EquiLateral Protocol(TM). Learn about EMDR practitioner types and organizations in the marketplace. You will also get valuable "how-to's" for client selection, case conceptualization, target sequence planning and treatment planning! In addition, you will find case examples for each phase, treatment team roles, along with a sample eight-phased equine-based activity!

Keywords: EAP  Equine-Assisted Psychotherapy  Horses  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

221. Stofsel, M. (2005, November). Ervaringen met EMDR bij complex trauma [Experience with complex trauma and EMDR]. Presentatie op het Eerste Congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Binnen de instelling waar ik werk, het SinaiCentrum (gespecialiseerd in de behandeling van de psychische gevolgen van structureel geweld bij slachtoffers van de tweede wereldoorlog (concentratiekampoverlevende, jappenkampoverlevenden, verzetsmensen, burgeroorlogsgetroffenen), de tweede generatie, vluchtelingen, asielzoekers en veteranen uit recente oorlogsgebieden treffen wij vooral type 2 trauma/complex trauma aan. De afgelopen drie jaar heb ik een ruime ervaring opgegaan met de toepassing van EMDR bij deze doelgroepen.
De toepassing van EMDR bij type 2 trauma is een nog relatief nieuw gebeid. In deze lezing wil ik stilstaan bij de ervaringen met betrekking tot - de indicatiestelling en diagnostiek, - stabilisatiefase, therapeutische relatie en de organisatorische inbedding hiervan, - keuzes met betrekking tot de te bewerken situaties en hoe beelden van mekaar te onderscheiden, - abrecations, - aantal sessies, - de taaiheid en soms moeizame vooruitgang, - verwevenheid met andere problematiek, - de fouten die gemaakt kunnen worden.
Ik zal een ander illustreren met enig video-materiaal Daarna gelegenheid tot diskussie.

Within the institution where I work, the Sinai Center specializing in the treatment of psychological consequences of structural violence in victims of WWII (concentration camp survivor, Japanese camp survivors, resisters, civil war victims), second generation refugees, asylum seekers and veterans of recent war zones we especially take Type 2 trauma / complex trauma. In the last three years I have extensive experience in applying EMDR absorbed by these groups.
The application of EMDR in type 2 trauma is a relatively new gebeid. In this lecture, I want to experience on - The indication and diagnostics, - Stabilization phase, therapeutic relationship and the organizational embedding of this, - Choices about the situations and how to edit images of each to distinguish - Abrecations, - Number of sessions, - The toughness and sometimes painful progress - Integration with other problems, - The mistakes that can be made.
I will illustrate with some video material with the opportunity for discussion afterwards.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

222. Gabarra, D. O. (2012, Novembro). Estados de ego e o EMDR em quadros dissociativos [Ego states and EMDR in dissociative frames]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
O objetivo da oficina é abordar como os processos de dissociação consciente de papéis ou estados de ego podem ser utilizados para potencializar a reintegração psíquica dos pacientes dissociativos. Pacientes dissociativos sempre foram um dos grandes temores dos terapeutas em EMDR para o uso da fase 3 em diante. Geralmente esses quadros requerem um grande tempo de preparação além de um manejo mais avançado e interventivo durante o reprocessamento. Entretanto, entre pacientes com alto grau dissociativo é comum encontrarmos pessoas com grande fragilidade psíquica, acesso a um pobre histórico de recursos, uma grande dificuldade em se expressar, perceber e nomear seus sentimentos além de grande dificuldade em relatar seus traumas. Então, como avançar no protocolo de EMDR com pessoas tão fragilizadas e que quase não nos dão dicas do conteúdo de seus traumas? Alguns critérios hipotéticos auxiliam a instrumentalizar tanto o profissional quanto o paciente a enfrentarem o reprocessamento. Primeiramente, (a) se diante de uma história de traumas intensos a pessoa sobreviveu e chegou até você, é porque ela tem recursos importantes, mesmo que tenha dificuldade de acessá-los. Um desses recursos é o próprio quadro dissociativo que a protege da intensidade dos traumas e possibilita a vida “apesar de...”. (b) Se essas partes estão tão distantes uma da outra, é porque elas tiveram um motivo para isso, mas talvez esse motivo já esteja no passado, e hoje podemos caminhar para uma conversa. (c) Sendo todos esses papéis ou egos são partes do eu, certamente eles querem algo de positivo para esse eu, mesmo que aparentemente seja difícil perceber isso. Essas hipóteses ou crenças positivas a respeito do paciente devem ser checadas com dados de realidade para que possam ser fortalecidas, mas, mais do que isso, é fundamental que elas "transpirem por todos os poros do corpo do terapeuta". Identificados os estados de ego presentes no evento traumático parece ser mais fácil seguir com a etapa do reprocessamento de deforma menos interventiva, principalmente quando não se tem o conteúdo do evento em questão. Obviamente que todo esse processo deve levar todo o tempo necessário e seguido de todos os cuidados que a aplicação do EMDR demanda.

The goal of the workshop is to discuss how the processes of conscious dissociation of roles or ego states can be used to enhance the reintegration of the psychic dissociative patients. Dissociative patients have always been one of the great fears of EMDR therapists for use in phase 3 onwards. Generally these paintings require a great preparation time plus a more advanced and interventional management during reprocessing. However, among patients with high dissociative is common to find people with great fragility psychic, poor access to a historical resource, a great difficulty in expressing themselves, perceive and name their feelings besides great difficulty in reporting their trauma. So, how to advance the EMDR protocol with people so fragile and hardly give us hints of the contents of their trauma? Some hypothetical criteria help to equip both the professional and the patient to face the reprocessing. First, (a) in front of a history of severe trauma the person survived and came to you, it is because it has important features, even if you have difficulty accessing them. One of these features is the very dissociative disorder that protects the intensity of the trauma and allows life "although ...". (B) If these parties are so far apart, it's because they had a reason for that, but maybe that reason is already in the past, and today we can walk into a conversation. (C) Since all these roles and egos are part of me, surely they want something positive to me, although apparently it is difficult to realize this. These positive beliefs or assumptions about the patient be checked against data from reality so that they can be strengthened, but more than that, it is crucial that they "transpire from every pore of the body of the therapist." Identified ego states present at the traumatic event seems to be easier to follow with step of reprocessing deforms less interventionist, especially when you do not have the content of the event in question. Obviously, this entire process should take all the time necessary and followed by all care that the application of EMDR demand.

Keywords: Advanced Management  Dissociation  Ego States  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

223. Gracheck, K. A. (2010). Evaluating the efficacy of EMDR as an athletic performance enhancement intervention. The University of the Rockies, Colorado Springs, CO. 3433356.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is traditionally regarded as a treatment for trauma; however, recent literature suggested that EMDR is also a promising athletic performance enhancement intervention. Sport psychology literature cited the need for scientifically sound research investigating new performance enhancement interventions. This study answered that call and sought to determine the validity of theories speculating about the efficacy of EMDR in sport. An internationally competitive cyclist participated in a case study investigating the efficacy of a unique EMDR protocol designed specifically for sport. The protocol integrated Resource Development and Installation, typically conducted during Phase 8, into Phase 2. Quantitative and qualitative results demonstrated that EMDR had a positive impact on measurable performance outcomes, performance anxiety, self-esteem, and motivation.

Keywords: Athletes  Performance Enhancement  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

224. Montgomery, R. W., & Ayllon, T. (1994, September). Eye movement desensitization across subjects: Subjective and physiological measures of treatment efficacy. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 25(3), 217-230. doi:10.1016/0005-7916(94)90022-1.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization (EMD) was investigated in an experimental multiple baseline across subjects design. Six subjects who met the diagnostic criteria for PTSD were included in the study. While the EMD technique advanced by Shapiro has been reported to be clinically effective, major methodological issues have been raised which remain to be addressed. One issue raised is whether exposure to the traumatic image is sufficient to account for the reported clinical effects of EMD or whether the addition of saccadic eye movements is central to the treatment. This study attempted to address this concern by comparing two EMD-based procedures: a Non-saccade phase (without the saccadic eye movements) which functioned as a control and a second that included saccadic eye movements. Dependent variables included self-report information (SUDs, behavioral symptoms reports) and physiological data (heart rate and systolic blood pressure). The results showed no significant decreases in SUDs level with the EMD minus the saccadic eye movements procedure. However, five of the six subjects reported clinically significant decreases in their SUDs levels with the inclusion of the saccadic eye movements. This study appears to corroborate previous work employing single-case design as well as pre and postcomparisons. [Author Summary]

Keywords: Adults  Americans  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychophysiology  PTSD  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

225. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). (2010, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. National Registry of Evidence-Based Programs and Practices, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). Retrieved from http://nrepp.samhsa.gov/ViewIntervention.aspx?id=199 on 3/25/2011.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a one-on-one form of psychotherapy that is designed to reduce trauma-related stress, anxiety, and depression symptoms associated with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and to improve overall mental health functioning. Treatment is provided by an EMDR therapist, who first reviews the client's history and assesses the client's readiness for EMDR. During the preparation phase, the therapist works with the client to identify a positive memory associated with feelings of safety or calm that can be used if psychological distress associated with the traumatic memory is triggered. The target traumatic memory for the treatment session is accessed with attention to image, negative belief, and body sensations. Repetitive 30-second dual-attention exercises are conducted in which the client attends to a motor task while focusing on the target traumatic memory and then on any related negative thoughts, associations, and body sensations. The most common motor task used in EMDR is side-to-side eye movements that follow the therapist's finger; however, alternating hand tapping or auditory tones delivered through headphones can be used. The exercises are repeated until the client reports no emotional distress. The EMDR therapist then asks the client to think of a preferred positive belief regarding the incident and to focus on this positive belief while continuing with the exercises. The exercises end when the client reports with confidence comfortable feelings and a positive sense of self when recalling the target trauma. The therapist and client review the client's progress and discuss scenarios or contexts that might trigger psychological distress. These triggers and positive images for appropriate future action are also targeted and processed. In addition, the therapist asks the client to keep a journal, noting any material related to the traumatic memory, and to focus on the previously identified positive safe or calm memory whenever psychological distress associated with the traumatic memory is triggered. The underlying mechanism for how this process works to reduce trauma-related stress, anxiety, and depression is unknown. Researchers have theorized that the positive effect is due to adaptive information processing, the theoretical model behind EMDR. Through adaptive information processing, the dual-attention exercises disrupt the client's stored memory of the trauma to allow for an elimination of negative beliefs, emotions, and somatic symptoms associated with the memory as it connects with more adaptive information stored in the memory networks. Once recall of the trauma no longer elicits negative beliefs, emotions, or somatic symptoms and the memory simultaneously shifts to a more adaptive set of beliefs, emotions, and somatic responses, it is stored again, overwriting the original memory of the trauma. EMDR is typically delivered in 60- to 90-minute sessions, although shorter sessions have been used successfully. The number of sessions varies with the complexity of the trauma being treated. For an isolated, single traumatic event, one to three sessions may be sufficient for treatment. However, when the trauma involves repeated traumatic events, such as combat trauma and physical, sexual, or emotional abuse, many more sessions may be needed for comprehensive treatment.

Keywords: Intervention Summary  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

226. Shapiro, F., & Maxfield, L. (2002). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In M. Hersen & W. Sledge (Eds.), Encyclopedia of psychotherapy, vol. 1 (pp. 777-785). New York: Elsevier Science.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
EMDR is an eight-phase treatment approach that brings together aspects of all the major psychological orientations. It has been validated by controlled research to be both effective and efficient in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

227. Albright, D. L., Thyer, B., Becker, B. J., & Rubin, A. (2011, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in combat veterans. Oslow, Norway: The Campbell Collaboration. Retrieved from www.campbellcollaboration.org on 2/16/2012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
EMDR was introduced as a treatment modality about twenty five years ago (Shapiro, 1989). EMDR has eight treatment phases. The first three stages include: 1) history taking; 2) preparation (introduction to the EMDR protocol, coping strategies and affect management techniques) and 3) assessment (bringing to mind an image of a traumatic incident, identifying beliefs and emotions associated with that incident, rating the degree of disturbance felt in recalling the traumatic incident, and rating the validity of preferred cognitions about oneself). During the next phase desensitization the core component of the intervention is implemented. It involves using a dual attention/bilateral stimulation procedure that aims to reprocess the disturbing emotions and cognitions associated with the traumatic incident. The client is instructed to keep in mind the image, beliefs and cognitions while simultaneously visually tracking the therapist’ s fingers as they are moved back and forth in front of the client in a prescribed manner. (Bilateral tactile taps or auditory tones are used instead of eye movements for clients who have difficulty visually tracking.) Bilateral stimulation is also used during the next two phases - installation and body scan - which aim to install a positive cognition to replace the negative cognition associated with the trauma and to reprocess any remaining bodily sensations. During the next phase closure the client is advised about what to do between sessions if experiencing distress. The final phase re-evaluation occurs at the start of the next session and involves identifying and reprocessing any residual material from the previous session or that arose between sessions. The length of treatment sessions varies, but typically lasts from 60 to 90 minutes. The number of treatment sessions also varies, ranging between 5 and 15 sessions. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Combat Veterans  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

228. Silver, S. M., Rogers, S., & Russell, M. C. (2008, August). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of war veterans. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 64(8), 947-957. doi:10.1002/jclp.20510.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Recent practice guidelines and meta-analyses have designated eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as a first-line treatment for trauma. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing is an eight-phase therapeutic approach guided by an information-processing model that addresses the combat veteran's critical incidents, current triggers, and behaviors likely to prove useful in his or her future. Two case examples of combat veterans illustrate the ability of EMDR to achieve symptom reduction in a variety of clinical domains (e.g., anxiety, depression, anger, physical pain) simultaneously without requiring the patient to carry out homework assignments or discuss the details of the event. The treatment of phantom limb pain and other somatic presentations is also reviewed. The ability of EMDR to achieve positive effects without homework indicates that it can be effectively employed on consecutive days, making it especially useful during combat situations. [Wiley]

Keywords: Military Veterans  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Psychotherapy  Trauma  Treatment Effectiveness  War  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

229. Legg, E., O'Halloran, M. S., & Oyer, L. (2012, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in conjoint couples therapy: A grounded theory study. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a comprehensive evidence-based treatment, typically offered through individual therapy. Though it has been incorporated into couples therapy, limited research has examined its use within conjoint couples therapy, and none has included interviews with couples and therapists, The purpose of this qualitative grounded theory study was to explore the experience of clients and therapists during conjoint EMDR treatment.
Specific researcg questions included: 1) How do members of a couple describe their experience of conjoint couples therapy involving EMDR? 2) How do therapists describe their experience providing EMDR treatment within couples therapy? 3) What do participants perceive as valuable or meaningful about the conjoint EMDR process? 4) What do they perceive as impeding the process? 5) How does each participant describe the status of the couple prior to and following EMDR, both individually and relationally? An initial theory was developed about the conjoint EMDR process. Interviews were conducted with 21 participants, including both partners of ocuples in treatment and the therapists. interviews were analyzed using Strauss and Corbin's (1998) grounded theroy data analysis. The theory emerging from the data provides perspectives not captured in previous research and may prove useful in decision making about the appropriateness of conjoint EMDR for couples as well as methods of assessment and preparation.

Keywords: Conjoint Couples Therapy  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

230. Coleman, G. L. (1999, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: An investigational study of the eye movement component using a within-subject design. Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago, IL. AAT 9926476.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a recently developed psychotherapy treatment procedure which combines imaginal exposure with eye movements and is reported to dramatically reduce negative symptoms associated with trauma related psychological disturbances and memories. The author reviewed and analyzed the current literature regarding EMDR, and conducted a within-subject design investigating the importance of the eye movement component in the EMDR treatment protocol by comparing the efficacy of an eye movement treatment condition, with two non-eye movement treatment conditions. The use of two different control conditions allowed comparisons of the eye movement condition (EMDR), which involved bilateral stimulation of the brain, with exposure to memory of the trauma without eye movements (Eye-Focus Desensitization), which served as a placebo, and exposure to memory of the trauma with a competing motor activity (Single Hand Tapping), which represented unilateral stimulation of the brain. This study also employed a delayed treatment condition to investigate the overall effectiveness of EMDR in treating PTSD. The subject was a 53-year-old Caucasian female who met DSM-IV criteria for PTSD. Dependent variables included a diagnostic instrument, which was the Structured Interview for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (SI-PTSD); global instruments, which included the Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), Impact of Events Scale (IES), and Subjective Units of Distress scale (SUDs); process measures, which included the Subjective Units of Distress scale (SUDs) and Validity of Cognition (VOC) scale; and a self-report measure of overall improvement, which was the Image Desensitization Rating Scale (IDRS).Results demonstrated support for the superiority of an eye movement condition over that of both a no-eye movement condition (EFD), and a competing motor activity of single hand tapping (SHT) on process variables (SUDs and VOC), but not on weekly global measures (IES, BAI, and SUDs) in the single subject studied. Also, this study found support for the effectiveness of EMDR (delayed treatment phase) in reducing symptoms of anxiety, intrusiveness and avoidance, and subjective distress related to memory of trauma as measured by BAI, IES, and SUDs, and also in alleviating DSM-IV symptoms of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder for this subject. Experimental single-subject studies, as well as group designs, need to investigate possible neurological and theoretical explanations for the effectiveness of EMDR in future research. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 60(4-B), Oct 1999, pp. 1846.

Keywords: Avoidance  Case Report  Empirical Study  Females  Intrusive Thoughts  Middle Aged  PTSD  Treatment Effectiveness  Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

231. EMDR International Association (EMDRIA) (2012, October 7). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing international association response to the Institute of Medicine report on “Treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder in military and veteran populations: Initial assessment”. EMDRIA. Retrieved from http://www.emdria.org/associations/12049/files/EMDRIA%20IOM%20Response.pdf on 10/19/2012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
In response to the Institute of Medicine’s (IOM) July 2012, publication, Treatment for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Military and Veteran Populations: Initial Assessment, the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing International Association (EMDRIA) applauds the IOM for its leadership role in calling for the use of evidence-based methods for treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and for advocating stepped-up research on therapies for war stress injuries, with an appropriate recognition of the urgency required.
We do, however, see errors and omissions in the portrayal of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy in the IOM reports; we believe that the misrepresentation of EMDR in the 2008 document unfortunately has been perpetuated in the 2012 Initial Assessment. We are concerned that these misunderstandings will be incorporated as Phase 2 of this study proceeds; thus we are providing you with information with the hope that these inaccuracies can be addressed and corrected. This would positively impact further research on the treatment of PTSD. In the following, we have identified several specific statements in the IOM report that misquote or misrepresent the original EMDR research papers. The inaccuracy of the quotes are serious enough to bias the conclusions of the IOM report and call into question the validity of the document.
In addition, we want to highlight the fact that the original IOM report on PTSD called for randomized clinical trials (RCT) to further evaluate EMDR (IOM, 2008), but this recommendation has not been implemented. It is our hope that our response will encourage the IOM to address this lack of follow through and advocate for randomized clinical trials to test the efficacy of all the evidence-based therapies.

Keywords: Institute of Medicine Report  IOM Report  Military  Posttraumatic Stress  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

232. Mihelich, M. L. (2000). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment of adjustment disorder. University of Tulsa, Tulsa, OK. AAT 9962187.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The advent of Eye Movement Desensitization (EMDR) for treatment of PTSD has been classified by the American Psychological Association as probably efficacious. Actual practice descriptions and EMDR training material suggest that many clinicians are using the technique to treat other mental health issues as well. This study compares outcome measures for two sessions of EMDR and two sessions of exposure for participants with Adjustment Disorder (AD). A licensed, EMDR trained mental health professional provided treatment for this serial case study (n = 9) design. A control treatment condition of time-yoked imagined exposure to disturbing memories in participants was used to control for common treatment factors and exposure elements of the treatment protocol. Measures included the Impact of Events Scale-R (IES-R), and the Outcome Questionnaire 45.2 (OQ) and the Symptom Response Rating Scale (SRRS). At follow-up, 7 of 9 individuals clinically improved by demonstrating score changes that exceeded the RCI [text missing here?] clinically significant improvement for 4 of these 6 individuals from baseline to followup as defined by the OQ authors. Those with anxious or mixed features improved, while participants with depressive features and ongoing stressors showed no improvement. This study's hypothesis was that the effects of EMDR would show score improvements on the dependent measures beyond the effects of RUIC. This was not found from baseline to follow-up. After the first treatment phase, 75% of the cases receiving EMDR produced clinically significant improvement on IES Total scores, as opposed to 25% of the RUIC treated individuals in the same phase. Implications for the clinical use of EMDR and exposure for AD are discussed. It is suggested that clinical evaluation of symptom and personality features presented by a patient prior to treatment will aid in the appropriate selection of effective treatment methods. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 61(2-B), Aug 2000, pp. 1091.

Keywords: Adjustment Disorder  Empirical Study  Exposure Therapy  Nonclinical Case Study  Treatment Effectiveness  Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

233. Shapiro, F., Vogelmann-Sine, S., & Sine, L. F. (1994, October-December). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Treating trauma and substance abuse. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 26(4), 379-391. doi:10.1080/02791072.1994.10472458.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a new psychological methodology that has been applied to a wide range of psychological disorders. Clinical reports over the past three years indicate that it is an important addition to the treatment of substance abuse. EMDR offers a structured, client-centered model that integrates key elements of intrapsychic, behavioral, cognitive, body-oriented, and interactional approaches. Treatment effects are quite rapid and, during an individual session, the therapist may witness accelerated processing of information involving a shift of cognitive structures (including the assimilation of positive beliefs) along with the desensitization of attendent traumata. The application of EMDR apparently stimulates an inherent physiological processing system that allows dysfunctional information to be adaptively resolved, resulting in increased insight and more functional behavior. The judicious use of EMDR includes a comprehensive client history and extensive preparation, allowing the client to deal with the high levels of disturbance often engendered by the treatment itself. After the inauguration of a sufficient therapeutic alliance, adequately addressing potential issues of secondary gain, and appropriate client stabilization, EMDR may be used to ameliorate the effects of earlier memories that contribute to the dysfunction, potential relapse triggers, and physical cravings. In addition, EMDR is used to incorporate new coping skills and assist in learning more adaptive behaviors. Other potential targets for reprocessing include treatment noncompliance, ambivalence about abstinence, and present crises. Finally, EMDR should be used on this clinical population only by a trained clinician who is educated and experienced with this problem area. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Drug Abuse  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Stressors  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

234. Menon, S. B., & Jayan, C. (2010, July/December). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A conceptual framework. Indian Journal of Psychological Medicine, 32(2), 136-140. doi:10.4103/0253-7176.78512.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a method which was initially used for the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. But it is now being used in different therapeutic situations. EMDR is an eight-phase treatment method. History taking, client preparation, assessment, desensitization, installation, body scan, closure and reevaluation of treatment effect are the eight phases of this treatment which are briefly described. A case report is also depicted which indicates the efficacy of EMDR. The areas where EMDR is used and the possible ways through which it is working are also described.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

235. Martin, P. M. (1997, March). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A critical review. United States International University, San Diego, CA. AAT 9810369.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, EMDR, is a new clinical treatment shown to be effective for victims of trauma. EMDR is a time efficient, comprehensive methodology backed by positive, controlled research, for the treatment of the disturbing experiences that underlie many pathologies. An eight phase treatment approach that includes using eye movements or other left-right stimulation, EMDR helps victims of trauma reprocess disturbing thoughts and memories. This project reviews research and development, discusses theoretical constructs and possible underlying mechanisms, and presents protocols and procedures for the treatment of adults and children with a range of complaints. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 58(9-B), Mar 1998, pp. 5129.

Keywords: Emotional Trauma  Literature Review  Methodology  Theories  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

236. Paulsen, S. L. (1995, March). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing:  Its cautious use in the dissociative disorders. Dissociation: Progress in the Dissociative Disorders, 8(1), 32-44.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is described in terms of clinical phenomena, the need for appropriate training in EMDR, and the consistency of neural network theory with BASK theory of dissociation. EMDR treatment failures occur in dissociative disorder patients when EMDR is used without making diagnosis of the underlying dissociative condition and without modifying the EMDR procedure to accommodate it. Careful informed consent and the use of the dissociative table technique can allow EMDR to move successfully to completion in a dissociative patient. Certain "red flags" contraindicate the use of EMDR for some dissociative patients. A protocol for EMDR with dissociative patients is offered, for crisis intervention (rarely appropriate), abreactive trauma work, and integration/fusion. The safety and effectiveness of EMDR's use in the dissociative disorders requires adequate preparation and skillful trouble-shooting during the EMDR. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Crisis Intervention  Dissociative Disorders  Females  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

237. Lohr, J., Tolin, D., & Kleinknecht, R. (1995, June). Eye movement desensitization of medical phobias:  Two case studies. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 26(2), 141-151. doi:10.1016/0005-7916(95)00011-N.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
We treated two medical phobic subjects with eye movement desensitization (EMD). Using detailed images of fear-related events, the treatment design conformed to an additive, within-series phase change to examine enduring effects. Results indicated that both subjects' verbal reports of fear decreased substantially using the EMD procedure. There were no consistent changes in heart rate. Similarly, self-reported fear toward a simulated blood draw decreased, but heart rate and blood pressure did not. Data for a number of standardized measures of medical fear indicated posttreatment reduction for both subjects. Anecdotal reports of medical procedures revealed limited generalization of treatment effects.

Keywords: Medical Phobias  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

238. Kapoula, Z., Misset, P., Poncet, S., Bruneau, S., & Bucci, M. P. (2007, June). Eye movement patterns during the Rorschach test: Implications for EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is hypothesized that eye movements used in EMDR practice influence both memory and emotional state, some laboratory studies provide evidence for such influence (Christman et al, 2003, Neurobiology; Barrowcliff et al., J. Forensic Psychiatry and Psychology, 2004). From a neurophysiological point of view, it is also interesting to examine to what extent some eye movement parameters may be modulated by memory and emotions. For instance, it is well established that memory driven saccades in simplified laboratory tests, present different characteristics (longer preparation time, lower accuracy, lower velocity) than visually guided movement. During EMDR the eye movements (mostly pursuit) are elicited externally by the therapist, yet at the same time the patient is in touch mentally with the traumatic image and related negative emotions. The physiology of such movements might be different and this could be explored with specific studies. Another important issue is to what extent movements of the eyes are helpful in coding and retrieving visual images. Accordingly to scanpath theory, eye movements are cognitively driven by sensory and motor representation; repetitive eye movements to the same area of an image are attributed to checking if the image corresponds to what the observer imagines (Noton & Stack, 1971; Brandt & Stark, 1997). Future laboratory research could bring together such theories and EMDR psychotherapy, e.g., by examining spontaneous eye movements related to negative image.
In this conference, we will present preliminary data from a laboratory study on eye movement patterns during the Roschach test. Eight healthy students conducted the experiment. Seated in front of a computer screen, subjects were equipped with a binocular video eye tracker (Chronos) sampling eye position images from each eye every 4 msec. Instantaneous eye position data were stored on a computer and analyzed afterwards with laboratory software. Each are of the Roschach test was presented for 30 sec., after which, the experimenter (a psychologist) recorded the response given by the subject.
Analysis of eye movement patterns were examined in relation to subjective verbal reports.
Results: The first question asked was to what extent the eye movement pattern reflected the imaged projected by the subject or by the visual properties of the Rorschach image itself. To gain some insight, we concentrated on the cards for which our subjected gave no standard responses, thus very different from one subject to the other (e.g., card IX). Eye movement exploration (the surface of the image explored, its patiaol composition e.g. the resprctive proportion of horizontal versus vertical movements) was correlated with the verbal report and the specific mental imagery (larger surface, multiple focusing points when several personages or objects were imaged). This provides evident for top-down influence; the eyes are exploring the projective interpretative image; repetitive movements back and forth to same points which help in turn consolidate this mental imagery.
Psychological analysis of eye movements (saccades and fixation) was also made. Saccades are found to be as fast as when looking reflexively to single visual targets; during fixations, however, between saccades, the eyes were more instable, particularly the visual uses were crossing at different depths from one fixation to another. Further ongoing analysis will correlate fixation duration and depth instability to spatial and emotional content of the subjective report.

Keywords: Eye Movements  Mechanism of Action  Neurobiology  Poster  Rorschach Test  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

239. McDonnell, F. (2012, October). Facilitating EMDR with Ericksonian hypnosis. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The spirit and principles of Ericksonian Hypnosis work well with other therapies and can be integrated effectively with the eight-phase EMDR protocol. The workshop will introduce some key concepts and elements of Ericksonian trance work. Conversational Ericksonian Hypnosis provides an elegant method for using metaphors and doing “parts work”, which can be combined with other interweaves. The application is particularly relevant where avoidance, ambivalence and blocking beliefs are an issue in treatment.

Keywords: Ericksonian Hypnosis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

240. Stofsel, M., & Mooren, T. (2010, Oktobre). Fase 2 – Globale traumaverwerkingstechnieken [Phase 2 - Global trauma technique]. In M. Stöfsel and T. Moreen, Complex Trauma, Deel 3(pp. 131-135). Bohn Stafleu van Loghum. doi:10.1007/978-90-313-8553-9_11 .

Language: Dutch

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Het komt nogal eens voor dat een behandelaar besluit een methode in te zetten die gericht is op afgebakende traumatische ervaringen, terwijl de cliënt eigenlijk zijn hele verhaal wil vertellen en behoefte heeft over al zijn ervaringen te getuigen. Deze behoefte van een cliënt kan conflicteren met de focus die gevraagd wordt bij een gedetailleerde procedure zoals exposure of EMDR. Daarom is het in sommige gevallen goed om een gedetailleerde traumabehandeling vooraf te laten gaan door een globalere methode. Soms blijkt dat zo’n globale methode al voldoende effectief is. Als dat niet het geval is, kan daarna alsnog een gedetailleerde behandeling zoals EMDR of exposure worden toegepast.

It sometimes happens that a practitioner decides to deploy a methodology aimed at defined traumatic experiences, while the customer really wants to tell his whole story and needs to testify about his experiences. These needs may conflict with a client focus that is asked by a detailed procedure as EMDR or exposure. Therefore, in some cases a good detailed trauma treatment preceding it by a more global approach. Occasionally, a global method is effective enough. If this is not the case, then still a detailed treatment such as EMDR or exposure are used.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

241. Cahill, S., Foa, E., Rothbaum, B., & Resnick, P. (2004, November). First do no harm: Worsening or improvement after prolonged exposure. In A. Maercker & G. Berthold (Chairs), Beyond RCT research: Evaluating cmmon and new treatment components. Symposium conducted at the 20th International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies Conference, New Orleans, LA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
During the past years, PTSD treatment competencies raised tremendously due to the development and evaluation in randomized controlled trials. Exposure and cognitive restructuring techniques are basics of a variety of effective psychotherapies. Our symposium discusses challenges, possible shortcomings, implications, and new applications of efficacious techniques (e.g., using the internet).
First do no harm: Worsening or improvement after prolonged exposure: Despite a substantial body of research accumulated over the 15 years indicating that exposure therapy programs are highly effective in reducing PTSD symptom severity and associated anxiety and depression across a wide range of trauma populations, few therapists utilize this treatment. One reason offered by therapists for not providing this treatment is their concern that exposure therapy may result in symptom worsening among individuals with PTSD (Becker et al., 2003). The purpose of this study was to investigate the frequency of symptoms worsening and symptom improvement following Prolonged Exposure (PE), one particular exposure therapy protocol developed for use in the treatment of PTSD, across five separate treatment studies (Foa et al., 1991, 1999, in preparation; Resick et al., 2002; Rothbaum et al., in preparation) and to compare it with other forms of cognitive behavior therapy (stress inoculation training, cognitive processing therapy, EMDR) and waitlist controls. Preliminary results based on two of the five studies (Foa et al., 1999; in preparation) found worsening of PTSD symptom in less than 1% of participants completing active treatment (N = 162) and 8% of participants completing waitlist (N = 39). PTSD symptom improvement was found in 90% of participants completing cognitive behavior therapy (N = 149) compared to 36% participants completing waitlist.

Keywords: Prolonged Exposure  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

242. Logie, R. (2012, October). Flash forwards. A special type of future template. Presentation at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The “Flashforwards” procedure will explained as a sub category of the existing concept of the “Future Template”. Situations in which the use of Flashforwards might be appropriate will be explained. The use of Flashforwards for various disorders in which there is a fear of future events (eg phobia, PTSD, OCD) will be outlined together with case examples including video. Participants will work through the Assessment phase of the EMDR protocol for a future feared situation using their own material.

Keywords: Flash Forward  Future Template  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

243. Shapiro, E. (2009). Four elements exercise for stress management. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 73-79). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The rationale behind the creation of "The Four Elements Exercise for Stress Management" is to address the cumulative effect of external and internal triggers that occur over the course of the day. Since we know that people cope better with stress when they stay within their arousal "window of tolerance," ways to lower stress—especially when under stress—are essential. The heart of the exercise consists of four, brief, self-calming and self-control activities. The sequence of the four elements—Earth-Air-Water-Fire—is designed to follow the body up from the feet to the stomach and chest, to the throat and mouth, and up through the head. It begins with the ground to signify safety in the present reality and moves up to the imagination of recalled safety. By checking in with stress levels at random times throughout the day and also when stressful events are occurring, the exercise can aid in preventing the accumulation of stress and enables clients to stay within their window of tolerance. The modest goal is to reduce the stress level by 1 or 2 units each time the exercise is performed. The original conceptualization of the Four Elements Exercise was that the first three elements could be a preparation for the Safe Place (or other resource exercise such as the Resource Connection), especially when there is an ongoing emergency situation or when it is difficult to find a Safe Place. Often, the fourth element is introduced at the following meeting, as the first three elements are enough to remember and practice in the beginning for clients. Working on the Safe Place separately during the following session gives it more space and impact. It is advisable to follow up on how the client practiced the four elements at the beginning of the next session and to ask them to show you how they do it. If necessary, demonstrate it again at the beginning of the first few sessions. This is a way of checking for compliance and readiness for EMDR as well as present level of stress and sense of safety with you in the room. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Four Elements Exercise  Protocol  Stress Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

244. Abbott, G. (2005, September). Four methods of target identification and ordering for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will present an important review of Phase One of EMDR treatment as it fits within the Adaptive Information Processing Model. The presenter will describe and analyze four strategies for identifying and ordering targets for EMDR rreatment. Strategies to be covered are I ) Francine Shapiro's standard method; 2) A time line method, 3) A Genogram method proposed by Maureen Kitchur in her Strategic Developmental Model and 4) A hypnotic method inspired by Milton Erickson's February Man cases. Analysis of the unique strengths and limitations of each approach will be made. Clinical choices will be outlined with respect to the use of each strategy in light of characteristics of the client, the clinician, and the clinical setting itself. Case examples will be presented. Handouts wlth guidelines for each method will be distributed. Participants will be invited to engage in imaginal exercises to further the exploration of these strategies.

Keywords: February Man  Genogram  Maureen Kitchur  Milton Erickson  Targeting  Timeline  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

245. Shapiro, S., & Abbott, G. (2004, September). Four methods of target selection for EMDR treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Research indicates that adherence to all Eight Phases of EMDR correlates with improved therapeutic results. The Adaptive Information Processing Model contributes to our understanding of this finding. The focus of this workshop will be on the EMDR Phase One imperative of comprehensive evaluation and treatment planning prior to reprocessing. Participant will review 4 strategies for selecting and ordering targets for reprocessing: 1) Shapiro’s "ten most disturbing memories"; 2) A time line method: 3) Kitchur's genogram approach: and 4) hypnotic age-regression strategy inspired by Milton Erickson. The presenters will analyze each strategy, emphasizing its unique strengths, limitations, and vulnerabilities. Participants will engage in interactive exercises.

Keywords: Target Selection  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

246. Schofield, T. (1998, October). Francine Shapiro. The Family Journal, 6(4), 337-345. doi:10.1177/1066480798064016 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) provides an eight-phase emotionally corrective experience described as a "learning catalyst" for reprocessing traumatic events. The originator of EMDR discusses the experiences that influenced her innovative approach. EMDR is discussed as a learning catalyst, and many misconceptions about the approach are addressed. (EMK) Note:The following two links are not-applicable for text-based browsers or screen-reading software.

Keywords: Counseling Techniques  Counseling Theories  Counselors  Eye Movements  Family Counseling  Misconceptions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

247. Martin, K. (2010, September/October). Fraser's dissociative table technique: A phase 2 strategy. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Accessing, identifying, and communicating with internal ego states are necessary for effective treatment of complex trauma and dissociation. To facilitate this, clinicians establish an imaginary internal meeting place where all parts of the client’s personality can gather. This gathering place provides a means to identify, stabilize, negotiate with, and prepare ego states for trauma reprocessing. In this workshop, Fraser’s Dissociative Table Technique will be taught and demonstrated as a Phase 2 strategy for stabilization and preparationfor Phase 4 trauma reprocessing. Using Fraser’s Dissociative Table Technique when Phase 4 reprocessing is stopped due to dissociation will also be demonstrated.

Keywords: Fraser's Dissociative Table Technique  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

248. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2010, September/October). From sandboxes to the classroom: EMDR for the treatment of trauma and dissociation in children. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Recognizing and treating symptoms of attachment trauma and dissociation are imperative clinical skills for effective treatment throughout the eight Phases of the EMDR Protocol with clients of any age. The presentation will review AIP theory and the eight-phase EMDR treatment protocol, the three-phase Dissociative Theory treatment, and tools for assessing dissociation in children and adolescents. Once evaluated, therapists will need to continue to assess emerging symptoms that can continue to arise and impede EMDR treatment. Clinical skills including grounding techniques, visualizations, identifying and integrating ego states, and mirroring and nurturing techniques, will be described and demonstrated for participants to implement throughout the EMDR Protocol.

Keywords: Children  Dissociation  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

249. Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2012). From the general to the specific—selecting the target memory. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 101-109. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.101.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from the book Integrating EMDR Into Your Practice (Royle & Kerr, 2010), which is a hands-on guide to facilitate the successful integration of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) training into therapists' practice while recognizing that trainees come from a range of theoretical backgrounds. This excerpt focuses on identifying the appropriate target memory and its related negative cognition (NC) in preparation for desensitization. Clients and therapists need to understand the rationale for selecting a particular target utilizing prioritization and clustering techniques. The importance of the belief system is discussed and methods of identifying the initial targets are offered, including the floatback technique. Many practitioners experience difficulty in getting the right NC, and methods for drawing this out are illustrated. Final preparations prior to desensitization are considered as well as the importance of addressing client anxieties and expectations. Throughout the excerpt, case vignettes are used to outline cautions and common pitfalls encountered by the novice EMDR therapist.

Keywords: Client Anxiety  Negative Cognition  Preparation Phase  Target Memory  Treatment Plan  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

250. Adler-Tapia, R. L., & Settle, C. S. (2009, March). The full works. Counselling Children and Young People, 12-15.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Whether you are first learning about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) or you have participated in EMDR training, the goal of this article is to provide the reader with a brief overview of strategies for using the full protocol with young children. To understand the process by which the phases of the protocol are applied with child clients, it is important to understand the theoretical underpinnings that Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory creates as a foundation for healing and health with children. After discussing the application of AIP to children, the article will continue with an overview of skills therapists can use to create a toolbox that can be integrated into the EMDR eight phase treatment protocol with references for additional study and training on using EMDR with children. Finally, therapists will begin to learn how to adapt the full EMDR protocol for effective psychotherapy through developmentally suited language and interventions with even the youngest of clients.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Children  Child Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

251. Grey, E. (2010, April/May). Gaining clarity … Driving your EMDR practice with the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The EMDR clinician’s understanding of the tenets of the AIP model and EMDR protocol is necessary for effective case conceptualization and treatment. This workshop is designed to assist the therapist in translating this knowledge into practical application of the AIP by adding an element of fun. Dr Grey is skilled at using analogies and narratives to make highly technical neuroscientific information user-friendly and understandable. His style is down-to-earth and engaging as he “plays” with the information to make it fun and interesting. You will leave the workshop with a stronger understanding of the AIP, 8-Phase Protocol, and the three-pronged approach; and having learned creative tools to apply to EMDR case conceptualization and planning.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  AIP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

252. Wilensky, M. (2010, April/May). Getting stuck: Navigating through the protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The focus of this workshop will be the Basic Eight Phase Protocol and most specifically the Three Prongedness (Past, Present, Future) of EMDR. When the Basic Protocol is followed diligently many problems disappear. The presenter will draw on his experience as a supervisor and trainer of EMDR clinicians to demonstrate strategies to deal with mini-impasses in therapy. Questions are welcomed about : how to formulate a treatment plan and find the touchstone memories, how to get well-formed Negative and Positive Cognitions, things to do when reprocessing is stuck, what to do when clients have difficulty identifying emotions, evaluating VOC and SUDs and generating an image with appropriate detail? How does the clinician react when the client "loops" and doesn't seem to progress? Issues of secondary traumatization and vicarious traumatization of the therapist. These and other common questions will be addressed,with ample time for examples and a possible practicum. If EMDR is a church, then the presenter is close to a fundamentalist. We all drift. Let's get back to Basics.

Keywords: Basic Protocol  Three-Pronged Approach  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

253. Waldon, A. P. (2004). Goodbye yucky thoughts and feelings: An EMDR workbook for children. LuLu.com and EMDRResources.com.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Using this workbook, the child EMDR psychotherapist guides the child client through the EMDR protocol. Visually appealing illustrations based on children's drawings are used to encourage the child to draw imaginal and existing resources for strength, mastery, and comfort. Using these drawings, the therapist prepares the child for processing a trauma. Then, after the child draws a safe place, the therapist uses the workbook to help the child identify the thoughts, emotions, and body sensations related to the trauma. The child is then ready for Phase 4, desensitization and reprocessing of the trauma. The workbook continues by helping the therapist guide the child client through the remaining phases of the protocol, finishing with a Certificate of Accomplishment for the child to keep. Instructions for the therapist and worksheets for the therapist's notes are included. [EMDRResources abstract]

Keywords: Children  Workbook  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

254. Forgash, C. A. (2005, September). Healing the heart of complex trauma through EMDR, ego state and somatosensory work. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is increasingly being utilized to treat highly challenging clients with a variety of diagnoses including complex PTSD, DESNOS, and a range of dissociative disorders. The dissociative processes commonly described as part of the PTSD spectrum, are also predicted by early attachment difficulties and losses. These clients may present with elements of several disorders (i.e., Borderline PD). Without considerable stabilization work, they may be unable to process information safely. This presentation, through lecture, experiential work and case presentation, will provide clinicians with a model that enables them to provide EMDR treatment effectively with this population. Participants will become familiar with specialized treatment planning that begins with detailed and complex history taking and pays particular attention to an extensive individualized preparation phase. They will learn how and when to integrate ego state work, somatosensory work and disociative treatment strategies in this phase and throughout EMDR protocol work. This systemic work will be understood to help patients resolve internal conflicts, deal with stabilization, affect regulation, triggering, overwhelm, dissociation, and resistance.

Keywords: Challenging Clients  Dissociation  Ego State Therapy  Master Series  Somatosensory Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

255. Forgash, C. A., & Copeley, M. (2008). Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
"This book pioneers the integration of EMDR with ego state techniques and opens new and exciting vistas for the practitioners of each." --From the foreword by John G. Watkins, PhD, founder of ego state therapy "This is a book about polypsychism and trauma. It offers a number of creative syntheses of EMDR with several models of polypsychism. It also surveys and includes many other models of contemporary trauma theory and treatment techniques. The reader will appreciate its enrichment with case examples and very generous bibliographic material. If you are a therapist who works with patients who have been traumatized, you will want this book in your library." --Claire Frederick, MD, Distinguished Consulting Faculty, Saybrook Graduate School and Research Center "Training in EMDR seems to have spread rapidly among therapists in recent years. In the process, awareness is growing that basic EMDR training may not be adequate to prepare clinicians to effectively treat the many cases of complex trauma and dissociation that are likely to be encountered in general practice. By integrating it with ego state therapy, this book may just serve as a crucial turning point in the development of EMDR by providing a model for productively applying it to the treatment of this important and sizeable clinical population." --Steven N. Gold, PhD, President Elect, APA Division of Trauma The powerful benefits of EMDR in treating PTSD have been solidly validated. In this groundbreaking new work nine master clinicians show how complex PTSD involving dissociation and other challenging diagnoses can be treated safely and effectively. They stress the careful preparation of clients for EMDR and the inclusion of ego state therapy to target the dissociated ego states that arise in response to severe and prolonged trauma. [Springer]

Keywords: Dissociation  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

256. Forgash, C. (2004, June). Healing the heart of trauma: Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
When trauma victims enter therapy, they generally seek help for symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. However, additional trauma responses may lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with the trauma and also with the trauma and also with relationships in their life. These responses also include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship to victim). These clients often experience feeling internally fragmented, detached, alienated and fearfully isolated. Gathering this information is an important part of history taking and becomes crucial to treatment planning. The aim of this presentation is to help clinicians learn to implement strategies that help traumatized clients to experience reconnection, stability, and then, trauma processing. Integrating ego state strategies with the preparation phase of the EMDR protocol results in a safety/stability focused therapeutic approach necessary for these clients to resolve the sequelae of trauma.
Emphasis is placed on the sequential formulation of guided imaginal and somatosensory exercises (enhanced with DAW) that provide stability for the dissociated aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and current stresses. The central work includes the development of an internal Home Base, Workplace, and a positive body resource that compliments the standard safe place/stress reduction work. Stabilizing exercises include constructive avoidance, distancing, grounding, containment as well as affect and dissociative symptom management techniques. When stabilized, client’s access and work with their ego state system to resolve conflicts, develop resources, reconnect and then successfully desensitize and reprocess trauma.
Learning objective include: the importance of including information in the history taking about an inability to love, loss of connections, fragmentation, detachment and alienation; defining the ego state strategies that help such client s successfully process traumas with the EMDR protocol; learning the preparation exercises for managing affect and dissociative symptoms. Participants will select the appropriate interventions to help trauma clients reconnect with dissociated, disconnected parts and employ this sequential method in their practice with traumatized clients.

Keywords: Affect Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

257. Forgash, C. A. (2004, September). Healing the heart of trauma:  Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma victims enter therapy seeking help with the symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. Additional trauma responses lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with trauma as well as with relationships. This can include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship with the victim). Integrating ego state strategies into the preparation phase of the standard protocol results in a safety and stability focused therapeutic approach. The emphasis in this presentation will be on developing interventions that provide stability and reconnection for the aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and life stresses and help clients access/work with their ego state system to desensitize and reprocess trauma.

Keywords: Connections  Stability  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

258. Tudor, T. (1994). Healing the heart: EMDR in post-unification MPD therapy. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 8-9.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract: M
ultiple Personality Disorder (MPD) represents the most severe form of the Dissociative Disorders. The predominant symptoms are disturbances in the normally integrative functions of identity and memory (American Psychiatric Association, 1987). There has been an explosion of interest in the disorder since about 1984 Putnam, 1989; Ross, 1989), with many articles focusing upon phenomena, diagnosis, and treatment. The treatment articles have focused primarily upon thechallengingissues that have to be dealt with prior to the eventual unification ofthe mind, as represented by the fusions of the various alter personalities. Relatively little has been written about the post-unification phase of treatment, except that treatment does not end with unification (Kluft, 1988).

Keywords: Post-Unification MPD Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

259. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2009). Healing the origins of trauma: An introduction to EMDR in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. In A. Rubin & D. W. Springer (Eds.) Treatment of traumatized adults and children - Clinician's guide to evidence-based practice series (pp. 349-418). New York, NY: Wiley.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
What if the brain had a similar mechanism for healing psychological injuries as the body does, just like a finger can heal a cut? Imagine tapping into that healing process in the brain and helping a child who witnessed her brother accidentally killed by a school bus, who then developed a school phobia, be able to return to school and eliminate her depression. What if you could help a foster child with a history of severe and chronic abuse, reduce his disruptive symptoms within a 9-month period so that he could stabilize and be adopted? Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) can be used in psychotherapy to help children heal from stressful experiences of both traumatic and developmental origins. And, while EMDR is not a magic wand, it is remarkable in its efficiency in reducing or eliminating significant mental health symptoms and healing the origins of trauma. This chapter is written for clinicians who have had little or no exposure to the EMDR treatment methodology or for those who may have wondered what it is and how it works. The goal of this chapter is to summarize the use of EMDR with children with case presentations woven through the steps of the EMDR protocol. As a potential paradigm shift for child and adolescent therapists who have been trained in child development and play therapy, this chapter will not only explain why EMDR with children and adolescents makes sense, but why EMDR is the treatment of choice for many children presenting with symptoms of trauma. The experienced child therapist will also learn how child development, play therapy, and other child-focused therapies can be integrated to overall case conceptualization with the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Initially, this chapter provides a brief description of EMDR. While Chapter 5 covered EMDR with adult clients, this chapter will focus on translating the EMDR protocol into child language from a developmentally grounded perspective for use with child clients. Given that focus, this chapter will minimize coverage of generic EMDR content that was already covered in Chapter 5. However, some overlap is inescapable. For example, like Chapter 5, this chapter will address the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory that underlies the eight phases of the EMDR treatment protocol. This chapter also includes a brief theoretical overview of trauma and the impact on neurodevelopment as it guides psychotherapy. With a detailed explanation of the description, purpose, and concepts of each phase of the EMDR protocol, this chapter describes the clinical implications and procedural considerations for effectively using EMDR with children through each phase of the protocol. The chapter concludes with information for clinicians to learn how to get basic training in EMDR and advanced training in using EMDR with children. Integrated throughout this chapter are practical applications for successfully using EMDR in psychotherapy with children in order to heal the origins of trauma. With this introduction to EMDR, the reader should note that throughout this chapter, the terms client and child are often interchanged, and any reference to a child includes children and adolescents unless otherwise noted. Finally, the terms parent and caregiver refer to the child's primary caregiver. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

260. Seubert, A. (2008, September). A heart with a door: EMDR with clients with mental disabilities. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR holds great promise as an effective and efficient trauma treatment for clients with mental disabilities, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. This presentation will emphasize the “phase model” aspects of trauma treatment, where and how EMDR fits within this model, and what adaptations are required to meet the needs of these clients. A report on the progress of a series of single case studies with clients with mental disabilities, supported by video clips, will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. Participants will have the opportunity to address their own cases.

Keywords: Mental Disabilities  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

261. Seubert, A. (2007, June). The heart with a door: EMDR with clients with mental disability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: For the past three decades clinical experience as well as research has supported the validity of counseling and psychotherapy in the treatment of clients with mental disability (MH/MR)(Objective #1). At first, behavioural therapies and later various forms of process-oriented therapy (Gestalt, creative arts, body-centered, play) have been effectively employed with this population. Particularly through the use of process therapies, it has become clear that traditional insight and cognitive therapy must be adopted in favor of experience, action, body-centeredness and “right-brain” functioning to be impactful with this population.
EMDR, given it primarily non-verbal mode of functioning, holds great promise as an effective and efficient therapy for trauma treatment with dually diagnosed clients, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. This presentation will emphasize the “phase model” aspects of trauma treatment and will demonstrate where EMDR is effective within this model (Objective #2). Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients (Objective #3).
A report on the progress of a series of single case studies with client with mental disabilities in Pennsylvania as well as anecdotal reports will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. Video clip of sessions involving clients with varying levels of functioning will give the audience a concrete experience of the adaptive use of EMDR (Objective #4).
The workshop will leave time for participants to apply the learning to cases of their own (Objective #5).

Keywords: Mental Disability  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

262. Seubert, A. (2006, September). The heart with a door: An EMDR with clients with mental disabilities. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
For the past three decades clinical experience, as well as research, has supported the validity of counseling and psychotherapy in the treatment of dually diagnosed (MH/MR) clients. At first behavioral therapies and later various forms of process-oriented therapy (Gestalt, creative arts, body-centered, play) have been effectively employed with this population. Particularly through the use of process therapies it has become clear that traditional insight,and cognitive therapy must be adapted in favor of experience, action, body-centeredness and "right-brain" functioning to be impactful with this population. EMDR, given its primarily non-verbal mode of functioning, holds great promise as an effective and efficient therapy for trauma treatment with dually diagnosed clients, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. This presentation will emphasize the "phase model" aspects of trauma treatment and will demonstrate where EMDR is effective within this model. Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol would need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients. A report on the progress of a series of single case studies with clients with mental disabilities in Pennsylvania, as well as anecdotal reports, will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. Video clips of sessions involving clients with varying levels of functioning will give the audience a concrete experience of the adaptive use of EMDR. The workshop will leave time for participants to apply the learning to cases of their own.

Keywords: Mental Retardation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

263. Seubert, A. (2008, June). A heart with a door: EMDR with clients with mental disability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
For the past three decades clinical experience as well as research has supported the validity of counselling and psychotherapy in the treatment of dually diagnosed (MH/MR) clients. At first behavioural therapies and later various forms of process-oriented therapy (Gestalt, creative arts, body-centred, play) have been effectively employed with this population. Particularly through the use of process therapies it has become clear that traditional insight and cognitive therapy must be adapted in favour of experience, action, body-centeredness and “right-brain” functioning to be impactful with this population. EMDR, given its primarily non-verbal mode of functioning, holds great promise as an effective and efficient therapy for trauma treatment with dually diagnosed clients, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. This presentation will emphasize the “phase model” aspects of trauma treatment and will demonstrate where EMDR is effective within this model. Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol would need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients. A report on the progress of a series of single case studies with clients with mental disabilities in Pennsylvania as well as anecdotal reports will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. Video clips of sessions involving clients with varying levels of functioning will give the audience a concrete experience of the adaptive use of EMDR. The workshop will leave time for participants to apply the learning to cases of their own.

Keywords: Mental Disabilities  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

264. Seubert, A. (2005, September). The heart with a door:  EMDR with clients with mental disabilities. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Session video clips, as well as anecdotal reports on the progress of a series of single case studies with clients with mental disabilities will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. This presentation will emphasize the "phase model" aspects of trauma treatment and will demonstrate where EMDR is effective within this model. Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol would need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients. Specific therapeutic issues common to this population will be highlighted while employing an expanded definition of the word "trauma."

Keywords: Mental Disabilities  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

265. Waldon, A. P. (2006). Hello Strength & Bravery: A Resource Workbook for Children. (Online) LuLu.com and EMDRResources.com.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Using this workbook, the child EMDR psychotherapist guides the child client to create a notebook of drawings of the child`s own strengths and resources. Each page offers a "pick list" of examples related to the positive thought in the headline for that page. On each page the child is instructed to create a drawing or sculpture, or to tell or write a story related to that positive thought or resource. This workbook is helpful to the EMDR therapist in several situations - for installation of resources in the Preparation phase of EMDR Therapy, for positive hands-on activities at the end of child therapy sessions, for selected parents to use at home to reinforce installation of positive resources, and for strength building if the child`s home life is too unstable for trauma processing. This workbook serves as a good companion to Goodbye Yucky Thoughts and Feelings. The workbook is also designed for use by non-EMDR therapists to help build confidence and a sense of mastery.[EMDRResources Abstract]

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

266. Marcus, S. (2008, Maart ). Het behandelen van hoofdpijn met geïntegreerde EMDR [Treating headaches with integrated EMDR]. Presentatie op het derde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Amersfoort, The Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Negentig procent van het Amerikaanse publiek krijgt af en toe hoofdpijn. Naar schatting vijfenveertig miljoen Amerikanen hebben ernstige terugkerende hoofdpijn. Tot dusver is het primaire behandeling voor hoofdpijn is farmaceutica. Deze workshop beoogt u vertrouwd te maken met een niet-veilige alternatieve medicatie voor de behandeling van hoofdpijnen die gebruik maakt van EMDR. De bedoeling van dit seminar is om artsen te trainen in het gebruik van een geïntegreerde aanpak van EMDR bij de behandeling van spanning en migraine. Meer dan 50% van deze presentatie is de opleiding en "hands on" de praktijk van de geïntegreerde aanpak van EMDR. De twee primaire doelstellingen van dit seminar zijn aan a) een overzicht van de huidige professionele praktijken van de behandeling hoofdpijn en b) de deelnemers te trainen in het gebruik van geïntegreerde EMDR, Fase 1 (acute hoofdpijn reliëf) en fase 2 (multi-sessie behandeling van hoofdpijn ). Andere doelstellingen zijn onder andere inzicht hoofdpijn ontstaan, hoofdpijn trigger identificatie, hoofdpijn drempel theorie, overzicht van dr. Marcus 'Migraine Onderzoek, training in de geïntegreerde EMDR protocol dat ontwikkeld is voor de klinische praktijk, informed consent en inzicht in de rol van de provider bij de inzet van deze benadering in de klinische praktijk . Hoewel deze workshop is voor slechts EMDR getrainde clinicus, hoofdpijn eerdere ervaring in behandeling is niet vereist. Dit seminar zal u helpen om: 1. Geef hoofdpijn opluchting voor uw patiënten. 2. Herkennen de verschillende soorten hoofdpijn. 3. Inzicht in de biologie van de hoofdpijn. 4. Combat rebound of verslavingsproblemen gemaakt door migraine medicatie door het gebruik van natuurlijke methoden voor hoofdpijn behandeling. 5. Hier 8 niet-hoofdpijn medicatie interventies. 6. Integratie van een nieuw specialisme in uw praktijk.

Ninety percent of the American public gets occasional headaches. An estimated forty five million Americans have severe reoccurring headaches. Up until now the primary treatment for headaches has been pharmaceuticals. This workshop seeks to familiarize you with a safe non-medication alternative for the treatment of headaches that utilizes EMDR. The intent of this seminar is to train clinicians in the use of an integrated EMDR approach to treating tension and migraine headaches. Over 50% of this presentation is training and “hands on” practice of the Integrated EMDR approach. The two primary objectives of this seminar are to a) provide a professional overview of current practices of headache treatment and b) to train participants in the use of Integrated EMDR, Phase 1 (acute headache relief) and Phase 2 (multi-session headache treatment). Other objectives include understanding headache etiology, headache trigger identification, headache threshold theory, overview of Dr. Marcus’ Migraine Research, training in the Integrated EMDR protocol designed for clinical practice, informed consent and understanding the role of provider when deploying this approach in clinical practice. Although this workshop is for EMDR trained clinician’s only, previous experience in headache treatment is not required. This seminar will help you to: 1. Provide headache relief for your patients. 2. Recognize the different headache types. 3. Understand the biology of headaches. 4. Combat rebound or addiction problems created by migraine medication by utilizing natural methods for headache treatment. 5. Learn 8 non-medication headache interventions. 6. Integrate a new specialty into your practice.

Keywords: Headaches  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

267. Oppenheim, H-J. (2010, April). Het snijden moet stoppen, een uitweg uit de "stabilisatie-versus behandeling paradox 'in een DIS patiënt [The cutting must stop an escape from the" Stabilization versus treatment paradox' in a patient CIS]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In deze presentatie zal ik, ook met behulp van video clips, bespreken het proces van de patiënt met een trauma CIS in acuut gevaar. Er was ernstige zelfbeschadiging dat elke volledig buiten het bewustzijn van de patiënt heeft plaatsgevonden. In termen van structurele dissociatie model (onder anderen), Onno van der Hart, is er agressieve acties van een emotionele deel van de persoonlijkheid (EP) die hebben gereageerd op deze ernstige en gewelddadige herbeleving van een vroege jeugd trauma. Aangezien de levensbedreigende zelfbeschadiging vormen begon te nemen werd gesneden zo spoedig gestaakt. Het was echter duidelijk dat in deze omstandigheden, te kijken naar het dagelijks leven schijnbaar normaal functioneren van de persoonlijkheid (ONP) trauma niet kon dragen. Patiënt en therapeut zijn gevangen in deze situatie in een vertrouwde paradox: om het trauma te verwerken moet stabiel genoeg zijn, maar de stabiliteit is nodig om het trauma te verwerken. In deze presentatie, een uitweg uit deze paradox zien. Na intensieve voorbereiding, met inbegrip van de bescherming van bepaalde onderdelen persoonlijkheid, contacten en onderhandelingen met een levensbedreigende deel en andere delen, met behulp van EMDR trauma kan optreden met alleen die delen dat het trauma kan verwerken. De (b) lijkt het erop dat actieve trauma EMDR met behulp van in deels bewust mogelijke niveau. Deelnemers zullen leren: a. hoe te werken uit de structuurfondsen Dissociatie Model; b. het belang van een actieve houding van de therapeut, als regisseur, wanneer het in contact en werken met verschillende delen van de persoonlijkheid, om het gewenste doel te bereiken. c. dat trauma een deel mogelijk bij het ontbreken van gericht op het dagelijks leven van de persoonlijkheid.

In this presentation I will, also using video clips, discuss the process of trauma patient with a CIS in acute danger. There was serious self-harm that each completely outside the consciousness of the patient occurred. In terms of structural dissociation model (among others), Onno van der Hart, there is aggressive actions of an emotional part of the personality (EP) that responded to this serious and violent reworking of an early childhood trauma. Since the life-threatening self-harm forms began to take was cut as soon as discontinued. However, it was clear that in these circumstances, looking at daily life seemingly normal functioning of the personality (ONP) trauma could not bear. Patient and therapist are caught in this situation in a familiar paradox: to process the trauma must be stable enough, but the stability is needed to process the trauma. In this presentation, an escape from this paradox shown. After intensive preparation, including in safeguarding certain personality parts, contact and negotiations with life threatening part and other parts, using EMDR trauma could occur with only those parts that could handle the trauma. The (b) it seems that active trauma using EMDR in partly conscious level possible. Participants will learn: a. how to work from the Structural Dissociation Model; b. the importance of an active attitude of the therapist, as a film director, when in contact and working with different parts of the personality, to achieve the desired goal. c. that trauma to a part as possible in the absence of focused on the daily lives of the personality

Keywords: Cutting, Stabilization, Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

268. Rijkes, A., & Smeele, G. (2012, March). Hoofdzaken, EMDR behandeling van migraine en hoofdpijn [Basics, EMDR treatment of migraine and headache]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland .

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Naast een op de toepassing gerichte theoretische inleiding krijgt u meerdere demonstraties voorgeschoteld van de EMDR behandeling van migraine en hoofdpijn. Live en video. U kunt zich een eerste indruk vormen van methode, werkwijze en effectiviteit van de behandeling. Circa 15% van de mensheid heeft last van deze pijnsoort. Migraine komt bij vrouwen ongeveer driemaal zo vaak voor als bij mannen. De meeste medicijnen bieden geen oplossing op langere termijn, hebben bovendien als bijwerking hoofdpijnklachten. De Wereld Gezondheid Organisatie, WHO, heeft in 2011 aandacht gevraagd voor de ontwikkeling van nieuwe behandelmethoden, mede gelet het enorme productiviteitsverlies in de wereld. Werkgevers en Arbo-diensten hebben interesse in deze vorm van behandelen van werknemers. De geïntegreerde EMDR behandeling bestaat uit twee fasen; fase 1 is gericht op repressie: de behandeling van acute pijnklachten. Fase 2 is gericht op preventie: het voorkomen van pijnaanvallen in de toekomst. Cliënten hebben onmiddellijk baat bij de behandeling. Tijdens de workshop wordt tot slot informatie gegeven over de Nederlandse Special Interest Group (SIG) EMDR en Hoofdpijn.

Besides a theoretical introduction on the dedicated you presented several demonstrations of the EMDR treatment of migraine and headache. Live and video. You can first impression of method, process and effectiveness of treatment. Approximately 15% of humanity suffers from this kind of pain. Migraine affects women about three times as often as men. Most drugs do not address the longer term, also have as a side effect headaches. The World Health Organization, WHO, in 2011 has drawn attention to the development of new treatment methods, taking into account the enormous loss of productivity in the world. Employers and occupational health services are interested in this form of treatment of workers. The integrated EMDR treatment consists of two phases: Phase 1 focused on repression: the treatment of acute pain. Phase 2 focuses on prevention: prevention of pain attacks in the future. Clients benefit directly from the treatment. During the workshop, finally, information about the Dutch Special Interest Group (SIG) EMDR and Headache.

Keywords: Headaches  Migraines  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

269. Froning, M., Horne, B., & Maiberger, B. (2009, August). How to successfully and safely close down an EMDR session - Especially an incomplete one. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on Phase VII (Closure) of the EMDR Protocol. By providing a wide array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to properly close incomplete EMDR sessions. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice new methods before using them with clients.

Keywords: Closing Down A Session  Complete Sessions  Incomplete Sessions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

270. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2011, Settembre). I disturbi de personalita e l’EMDR [Personaity disorders and EMDR]. Presentazione al Congresso EMDR Nazionale "Trauma e relazione,” Roma, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
I pazienti con disturbi di personalità manifestano difficoltà nel loro funzionamento quotidiano; nella loro storia di vita in molti casi sono presenti eventi traumatici e relazioni primarie di attaccamento insicuro. In questo workshop ci focalizzeremo sui disturbi di personalità del gruppo B, in particolar modo sui borderline. Tenteremo di spiegare l’interrelazione dei criteri del DSM con eventi traumatici precoci. Comprendere questi aspetti è basilare per un’adeguata concettualizzazione del caso nella Fase 1 e pianificazione del trattamento di questi pazienti con EMDR. ... In questo workshop verranno approfondite anche le evidenze empiriche riguardo al trauma e ai disturbi di personalità e le pubblicazioni riguardanti l’EMDR e i Disturbi di Personalità. Un aspetto interessante di questo workshop è l’integrazione dell’esposizione teorica e la presentazione di video di casi clinici, al fine di comprendere meglio gli specifici aspetti della terapia con EMDR nei disturbi di personalità . Verranno esposti e spiegati la struttura generale della terapia dell’EMDR nei disturbi di personalità, gli interventi della fase di preparazione e le considerazioni riguardo al lavoro sul trauma con l’EMDR.

Patients with personality disorders, difficulties in their daily operation; in their life history in many cases there are traumatic events and the primary relationships of insecure attachment. In this workshop we will focus on personality disorders in group B, especially on the borderline. We will attempt to explain the interrelationship of the criteria of the DSM with traumatic events early. Understanding these aspects is fundamental for an adequate conceptualization of the case in Phase 1 and treatment planning of these patients with EMDR. ... This workshop will also discuss the empirical evidence about the trauma and personality disorders, and publications on EMDR and Personality Disorders. An interesting aspect of this workshop is the integration of theoretical exposure and presentation of video case studies, in order to better understand the specific aspects of EMDR therapy in personality disorders. Will be exhibited and explained the general structure of EMDR therapy in personality disorders, the operations of preparation and considerations about the work on trauma with EMDR.

Keywords: Personality Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

271. Plassmann, R. (2009). Im eigenen rhythmus, die EMDR-behandlung von essstörungen, bindungsstörungen, allergien, schmerz, angststörungen, tinnitus und süchten [In our own rhythm, the connection allergy disorders EMDR treatment of eating disorders, pain, anxiety disorders, tinnitus and addictions]. Giessen, Deutschland:: Psychosozial-Verlag.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
Weil Emotionen direkt mit dem Körper in Verbindung stehen, treten bei starken emotionalen Belastungen regelmäßig körperliche Störungen auf, beispielsweise Magersucht, Bulimie, Allergien, Schmerzen, Tinnitus, Süchte und Kopfschmerzen. Mit erstaunlichem Erfolg haben nun einzelne innovative Therapeutinnen und Therapeuten begonnen, solche emotional bedingten Störungen mit EMDR zu behandeln, und berichten in diesem Buch darüber. Bei der EMDR-Therapie regt der Therapeut den Patienten nach strukturierter Vorbereitung zu bestimmten Augenbewegungen an, wodurch belastende Gedanken besser verarbeitet werden können. Weitere Kapitel schildern die Behandlung von Angststörungen mit EMDR, das seelische Auftanken (Ressourcenorganisation) und die Wirkmechanismen des EMDR. In ihrem Kapitel über Bindungstherapie mit EMDR zeigt Marion Seidel, wie sie mit Müttern und Kindern gemeinsam arbeitet und sich dabei die emotionalen Blockierungen lösen können. Das Buch gibt Behandelnden und Patienten einen sehr ermutigenden Einblick in die neu entwickelten Behandlungsmöglichkeiten dieser Erkrankungen.

Because emotions directly with the body are connected to contact with strong emotional stress regularly to physical disorders, such as Anorexia, bulimia, allergies, pain, tinnitus, headaches and addictions. With amazing success now have some innovative therapists and Therapists begun such emotionally related disorders with EMDR to treat, and report in this book about it. Excited at the EMDR therapy the therapist to the patient according to certain structured preparation Eye movements, thereby upsetting thoughts workable can. Other chapters describe the treatment of anxiety disorders with EMDR, the emotional refueling (Resource Organization) and the mechanisms of action of EMDR. In her chapter on bond with EMDR therapy Marion Seidel shows how it together with mothers and children working and it's emotional Can dissolve blockages. The book gives a very encouraging patients administering treatment and insight into The newly developed treatment of these diseases.

Keywords: Addictions  Anxiety Disorders  Eating Disorders  Pain  Tinnitus  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

272. Leeds, A. (2007, June). Improving self-regulation and social functioning for survivors of early emotional neglect and abuse with positive affect tolerance and integration protocol: A case series. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Survivors of early emotional neglect experience pervasive difficulties including vulnerability to adult psychiatric disorders and inability to regulate emotional states (Schore, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001a, 2001b; Teicher, 2000, 2002; Teicher et al, 1993; Teicher et al., 1997). Their inability to regulate emotional states is not solely linked to effects of adverse events, but is significantly linked to insufficient exposure to normal, developmental attachment sequences that foster capacities for self-regulation.
A subset of adult survivors of early, pervasive, emotional neglect who meet full or partial criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder also present with comorbid Cluster C Axis II symptoms (Avoidant, Dependent, Obsessive-Compulsive) and meet criteria for dismissing (or fearful) insecure attachment (Cassidy & Shaver, 1999; Main, 1996).
Clinical assessment reveals these patients have low tolerance for positive interpersonal emotions and engage in defensive strategies to dismiss, minimize, deny or subtly avoid experiencing and assimilating this positive emotional states into their internal model of self. These strategies include overt and covert behavioral avoidance as well as dissociate defenses. Paradoxically, these patients may show superficial characteristics or competence, interpersonal skills, or emotional stability which on closer examination prove to be fragile or which collapse in the face of social stressors.
The general theoretical base for the Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration (PAT) protocol is related to McCullough’s (1996, 2003) model of affect phobia and recognizes McCullough’s emphasis on an anxiety regulating, titrated approach to developing tolerance for adaptive affect and associated coping behaviors. Putnam’s (1997) discrete behavioral states model provides an important conceptual framework for understanding these patients’ needs to gradually develop new discrete behavioral (psychophysiological and affective) states and new pathways (schemes and scripts) fostering access to these shared positive states often as a crucial early phase of treatment to help resolve their impairments in emotional self-regulation.
This presentation describes the use of standard EMDR procedural steps in a treatment plan that postpones the standard three pronged (past, present, future) PTSD protocol, but which is consistent with the consensus model for Complex PTSD (Brown, Scheflin & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999; Hart, Nijenhuis, Steele, 2006) and other EMDR approaches focused initially on improving response to current stimuli (Hoffman, 2004; Leeds & Korn, 1998; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000) before attempting to target childhood traumatic memories. Targets for PAT are recent experiences in which the patient was exposed to positive, shared, interpersonal emotional states. The purposes for applying PAT to these targets are: to decrease defensive avoidance; dissociation and anxiety about shared positive emotional states; to increase capacity to tolerate and enjoy these shared positive emotional states; and to integrate these shared positive emotional states into positive schemas and self-concepts. Observed clinical gains following PAT included: improved mood and resilience, and decreased depersonalization during subsequent use of EMDR to reprocess traumatic memories.
The goal in presenting this “Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol” case series is to encourage research to evaluate the clinical effectiveness of this application of the standard EMDR procedures for a clinical subpopulation generally considered challenging to treat.

Keywords: Affect Tolerance  Poster  Self-Regulation  Social Functioning  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

273. Forgash, C. A. (2003, September). Improving survivor’s health with integrated EMDR and ego state treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will present an EMDR and Ego State integrated approach dealing with the health problems of child sexual abuse survivors (CSAS). These problems are exacerbated by dissociative and PTSD symptoms and may have affected clients accessing health care. These complex clients require tri-phased treatment approach which includes an extended preparation phase (to help CSAS manage triggers and avoid retraumatization in the healthcare setting) desensitization and reprocessing of earlier trauma, including both sexual abuse and medical situations, and the future template phase where consumer skills development will be planned, rehearsed and installed. The workshop will include handouts, bibliography, and a slide presentation.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

274. Soderlund, J. (2000, September/October). Integral EMDR: An interview with Francine Shapiro. New Therapist, 9, 18-22.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
The preparation phase is working strongly within the experiential tradition because you’re making the person fully able to deal with the processing that needs to arise. And bringing in different self-control techniques also which come from the cognitive behavioural and hypnotic traditions. These are more on-the-spot shifts of state. It is important to discriminate between changing state and trait. Cognitive behavioural techniques help the person to keep down their stress level in the present. These are important tools, but they are considered a first step in the EMDR treatment. The primary goal is to change the dysfunctional traits of the person, in addition to giving them “state” control. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Francine Shapiro  Interview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

275. D'Hooghe, D. (2012, June). Integrating attachment theory and the AIP model in working with early childhood trauma in an attachment relationship [La integración de la teoría del apego y el modelo AIP al trabajar sobre el trauma infantil precoz dentro de una relación de apego]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this presentation I would emphasize the relationship between attachment, trauma and the development of the AMN (adaptive memory network). From a psychobiological point of view, we understand that early relational experiences shape brain growth and organization and that the major environmental influence on the development of the brain is the attachment relationship. Reductions in brain volume and dysfunctional memory networks following traumatic experiences in early childhood are documented. When there is a distressing incident, it may become stored in state-­‐specific form, unable to connect with other memory networks that hold adaptive information. The research of the neurobiology of the social brain and the mirror neuron system let us assume that the AMN is developing in the presence of an attuned caretaker. Healing traumatic memories is relational and procedural. I use EMDR within the Phase-­‐ model of trauma-­‐informed treatment. During the preparation phase (phase 1 and 2 EMDR protocol) I would like to stress the importance of: • evaluating the attachment pattern of the child. It affects how the child relates to the therapist. Establishing a healing therapeutic relationship is a goal of phase 2. • the activation of networks containing adaptive information and positive memories • increasing coping abilities, self-­‐efficacy and sense of mastery. That may result in reduction of the fear responses and enabling changes in the meaning of the experiences, and a new memory can be formed.

En esta presentación, queremos enfatizar la relación que existe entre apego, trauma y desarrollo de la red adaptativa de memoria (AMN). Desde un punto de vista psicológico, entendemos que una temprana experiencia relacional forma el cerebro y hace crecer la organización y consideramos que la principal influencia ambiental del desarrollo del cerebro es la relación de apego. Las reducciones en el tamaño del volumen del cerebro y las redes de memoria disfuncionales seguidas de experiencias traumáticas en la infancia están documentadas. Cuando existe un evento vital estresante, puede ser almacenado en una forma específica de estado, impidiendo conectar con otras redes de memoria que retienen la información adaptativa. La investigación de la neurobiología del cerebro social y el sistema de neuronas espejo, nos permite asumir que la AMN se desarrolla en presencia de un cuidador acostumbrado. Sanar recuerdos traumáticos es relacional y referente al procesamiento. Yo uso EMDR dentro del modelo-­‐fase del tratamiento para el trauma informado por el paciente. Tratamiento del modelo de fase para el trauma informado: Durante la preparación fase (fase 1 y 2 del protocolo EMDR) me gustaría recalcar la importancia de: -­‐ Evaluar el patrón de apego del niño. Que afecta en como el niño se relaciona con el terapeuta. -­‐ La activación de redes que contienen información adaptativa y recuerdos positivos. -­‐ Incremento de las habilidades de afrontamiento, autoeficacia y autocontrol. Esto puede conllevar una reducción de las respuestas de miedo e inhibir cambios en significado de las experiencias y puede llevar a la formación de un nuevo recuerdo.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Attachment Theory  Childhood Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

276. Forgash, C., & Knipe J. (2012). Integrating EMDR and ego state treatment for clients with trauma disorders. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 120-128. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.120.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from Healing the Heart of Trauma and Dissociation with EMDR and Ego State Therapy (edited by Carol Forgash and Margaret Copeley, 2007, pp. 1-59). The preparation phase of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is very important in the therapy of multiply traumatized clients with complex posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and dissociative symptoms. EMDR clinicians who treat clients with complex trauma will benefit from learning specific readiness and stabilization interventions that are inherent to Phase 1 of a well-accepted phased trauma-treatment model. Extending the preparation phase of EMDR by including these interventions provides sequential steps for the development of symptom-management skills and increased stability. Additional focus is placed on helping clients work with their ego state system to develop boundaries, cooperative goals, and healthier attachment styles. Following an individually tailored preparation phase, the processing of long-held traumatic memory material becomes possible.

Keywords: C-PTSD  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  Dissociative Disorders  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

277. Cooke, L. J., & Grand, C. (2007, September). Integrating EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This is a day-long program designed for the EMDR professional interested in enhancing their ability to conceptualize and provide effective EMDR treatment in working with the complexity of eating disorder symptoms. Paralleling phase-oriented treatment for trauma, this workshop will focus on stabilization skills utilizing state-to-state techniques with or without bilateral stimulation; working through underlying traumatic experiences utilizing the standard protocol; and future template work for integration of the psycho-biological changes. Current treatment approaches on attachment issues and emotion regulation, trauma’s impact on the brain and body, and affect management will be integrated throughout the program. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on in practice sessions or during the case consultation segment of the program.

Keywords: Eating Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

278. Gelinas, D. (2003). Integrating EMDR into phase-oriented treatment for trauma. Journal of Trauma and Dissociation, 4(3), 91-135. doi:10.1300/J229v04n03_06.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Originally introduced a century ago by Pierre Janet, phase-oriented treatment has been independently proposed by many authors and is now widely considered by trauma specialists to be the treatment of choice for PTSD and other posttraumatic disorders. Much more recently, introduced by Francine Shapiro in 1989, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has also become available for the treatment of PTSD and other trauma-based disorders. EMDR has become widely accepted by clinicians and has received strong support regarding its efficacy from a wide range of empirical studies. However, with a very few exceptions (highlighted in this paper), these two major approaches for treating trauma have developed largely independently. The present paper integrates the major EMDR developments with the different stages of the phase-oriented approach to assess if such an integration is conceptually and clinically useful. The EMDR developments integrated into the phases of trauma treatment include: Shapiro's prototypic protocol for PTSD and the protocols for other trauma-based disorders, safety protocols, Leeds' and Korn's work with Resource Development and Installation, and Kitchur's Strategic Developmental Model for EMDR. The usefulness of integrating phase-oriented treatment and EMDR is then assessed. These approaches were found to strongly complement each other in their clinical strengths and weaknesses, while sharing many underlying theoretical and structural elements. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Dissociative Identity Disorder  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Stressors  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

279. Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2010). Integrating EMDR into your practice. New York: Springer Publishing.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract: The book offers practical guidance and strategies to avoid the common pitfalls of EMDR practice through the 8-phase protocol. Chapters will include Frequently Asked Questions about subjects, such as confidence and other 'horror stories' that are often heard by EMDR therapists. The text proposes to guide those therapists into a safer way of working while encouraging them to access accredited training and supervision for their practice. The scope of the book is limited to EMDR practice with adults. It includes case studies that illustrate common pitfalls and strategies for preventing them. There are FAQ's and 'Whatever you do, don't do this' provided for each stage. Narratives from EMDR clients offer insight for the practitioner.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

280. O'Malley, O. (2010, March). Integrating EMDR mindfulness & sensorimotic psychotherapy. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The watch wait and wonder (www) approach to parental and infant mental health was developed in Toronto over the last 20 years. In the last few years a number of therapists have set up www clinics in the UK. We have been running a joint EMDR and www clinic in the North West since Jan 2007. As far as we know this is the only clinic to offer trauma focussed psychotherapy together with infant mental health in either the UK or Ireland. Over the last 12 months the service has developed as a combined clinic between Adult mental health and child & adolescent mental health services. The team comprises myself and my colleagues Dr Sheena Pollet and Thelma Osborn. Dr Pollet is a consultant psychiatrist in psychotherapy and also practices as a psychoanalyst. She initially receives referrals from the access and advice team or directly from the adult inpatient unit. Thelma Osborn practises as a specialist health visitor in primary care and is employed by the Primary Care Trust (PCT). She runs both individual and group psychotherapy for mothers referred with post natal depression. She has recently completed basic EMDR training (2008-9) I have integrated EMDR and sensorimotor psychotherapy with mindfulness and trauma focussed psychotherapy in a new theoretical paradigm which I have termed integrated reprocessing therapy (IRT). I will outline the use of this approach where traumatic births and neonatal vulnerabilities are a key feature of the presentation Recommendations for the development of parent infant mental health and a tier 3 perinatal mental health services within the 5 Boroughs Partnership Foundation Trust will be outlined.

Keywords: Watch Wait and Wonder Approach  WWW Approach  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

281. Crow, C. (2004, September). Integrating EMDR with humanistic attachment therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR and Humanistic Attachment Therapy are the "dynamic duo" in child attachment therapy. Participants will learn the basics of attachment therapy; function of trauma and loss in attachment breaks; continuum of attachment disorders; dissecting the dynamics of a case and prescribe therapeutic goals; and the missing "safe base." Installation of a primary caregiver is critical. Careful preparation for EMDR allows the use of all elements of the protocol to effect dramatic change. Parents who understand that trauma and loss drive the child's unattached behaviors are able to endure with hope far longer and help their child "find the family heart."

Keywords: Humanistic Attachment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

282. Darker-Smith, S. (2008, June). Integrating emotion for attached-disordered and dissociated children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The accessibility of emotions in children with attachment disorders is known to be complex at best. This presentation looks at a new method of enabling children disassociating from emotions with severe attachment disorder and complex, traumatic histories to access emotions using the installation phase of EMDR. For teaching purposes, this presentation will use real-life cases of 4 attachment disordered children where none of the children were able to access emotions and were attachment disordered. The children were aged between 12 to 13 years of age and all had a diagnosis of attachment disorder, co-morbid with post traumatic stress disorder. Most of the children did not experience emotions directly. Using the installation phase of EMDR within the context of a one-to-one therapy session, each child was asked to focus on a particular emotion and focus on where in their body they experienced any feelings, which may be associated to that emotion. The children began to describe complex emotions, which they had never previously expressed, prior to this. An example of one child�s experience follows: �I feel sad in my heart. It feels cold � as if someone has smashed it into a thousand bits��. Following on this, all the children were also encouraged to sit with their new emotions and not to be afraid of them. One child stated: �It feels good to be sad. When I cry � that stops my heart hurting so much and the tears make the glue to fix my broken heart.� So far, we have not experienced an unsuccessful outcome; however, this method is still in the early stages of being developed.

Keywords: Attachment Disorders  Dissociation  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

283. Potter, A. E. (2003, September). Integrating inner child therapy and dialectical-behavior therapy with EMDR resource installation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Before ciients begin processiing traumatic memories with the EMDR trauma protocol, a modified resource development protocol is utilized, integrating Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy, to assist clients in developing skills for affect tolerance/emotion regulation, distress tolerance, and mindfulness. The modified resource installation protocol also helps clinicians in assessing clients' emotional readiness for initiating trauma work with the EMDR trauma protocol. Inner Child Therapy provides an overall cognitive framework for trauma work based on the Transtheoretical stages of change. Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy are employed as strategies to minimize re-traumatization, affect/emotion dysregulation, and problems with impulsive and compulsive behaviors during the trauma-processing phase of therapy.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy  Inner Child Therapy  Modified Resource Development and Resource Installation  Protocol  RDI  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

284. Forgash, C. A. (2006, June). The integration of EMDR and ego state. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop, heterogeneous and complex disorders, including PTSD, is a highly complex set of diagnostics was traumatized patients focuses on integrating identity status and EMDR. These problems are usually the people who lived and stabilization to establish a therapeutic relationship to work with, management, heterogeneous resistance to influence symptoms and the need for large-scale preparation. Availability to work with this self EMDR to integrate in the extended protocol, only the heterogeneous symptoms of PTSD and reach can be disposed much more comprehensive results. Trauma, loss and the related disorders of the effects of empathy and understanding by working with an approach that meets with the patient and help resolve critical issues of our life plan and create. Workshops open and clear theoretical base, technical innovation and EMDR and ego state work in the field of practical strategies and case presentations will take place. With these workshops, participants will understand the following topics 1. Self status of the theory of information processing model can be associated with Apate 2. Foundations of the theory of self status 3. EMDR and the status of all Self reasons 4. Separation and stabilization strategies for specific disorders help to manage 5. Processing phase to be resolved in EMDR trauma provider of advanced techniques assemblies

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

285. Korn, D. (1995, June). Integrative and strategic utilization of EMDR in treating survivors of sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall treatment plan and utilizing EMDR in conjunction with other cognitive behavioral approaches. Strategic utilization of EMDR to move clients through the various stages of recovery will be discussed. 1) In the first stage of treatment, safety, stabilization, coping, and development of a strong therapeutic relationship are emphasized. Treatment focuses on decreasing (1) suicidal and parasuicidal behavior, (2) treatment - interfering behavior, and (3) quality-of-life-interfering behavior (Linehan, 1993). Efforts are made to assist the client in developing a repertoire of cognitive-behavioral coping skills; relevant skills address grounding, trigger awareness, basic self - care, mindfullness, distress tolerance, affect regulation, assertiveness, relaxation, self - monitoring, stress inoculation, and cognitive restructuring. At this stage, EMDR can be used to shift negative cognitions which interfere with commitment to treatment, skill development, and the restoration of hope. The following are examples of negative cognitions whlch interfere with first stage stabilization goals: - I will only get acknowledgment of my pain if I act out. - I don't deserve to feel better. - If I take care of myself, no one will know I hurt. - I'm pathetic, a failure. - I will die/go crazy fiom these feelings. - I can never do anything right. - I can't stand this feeling. I must cut myself. - Don't trust anyone or anything. Newly learned information about coping can be reinforced and further integrated in the course of an EMDR session. Clients can be encouraged to notice their ability to tolerate affect and to practice their assertiveness skills, grounding skills, mindfulness skills, etc. 2) In the second stage of treatment, the focus is on processing traumatic memories and decreasing behaviors related to post-traumatic stress. EMDR interventions can be designed to assist clients with specific recovery tasks or issues: - fear/terror and associated avoidance - sense of powerlessnesshelplessness - responsibility/accountability - safety - self, others, environment - self-esteem/self as bad, defective, unlovable - lack of individuation - dependency - anger - grief/mouming - trust/mistrust - fear of abandonment - guilt/self-blame - shame/self-loathing With regard to each of these issues, maladaptive schemas can be addressed via effective cognitive interweave strategies. Ideas for supplementing EMDR work with written assignments, imagery exercises, recovery rituals, and planned in vivo exposure will be discussed. Strategies for handling possible problems, obstacles, or resistance at this stage will also be noted. Finally, the role of ongoing assessment and data collection in making decisions about EMDR targets will be addressed. 3) In the third stage of treatment, the emphasis is on personal development and increased connection with others. Recovery tasks and issues addressed via EMDR include: - Increasing intimacy and healthy connections - Increasing self-esteem - Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Reclaiming sexuality - Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Identity exploration and development - Establishing goals, initiating new projects, and taking reasonable risks At this stage, EMDR can be useful in detecting remnants of shame, fear, etc. In addition, EMDR can be used to reduce anxiety and increase confidence as a client sets his/her sights on the future and prepares to face new and challenging situations. EMDR can aid in the generalization of skills and adaptive schemas across time and place. It can facilitate the integration of a new, more positive and vital self-image. The presentation will conclude with a videotape case presentation highlighting relevant recovery tasks and issues in applying EMDR at a specific stage of treatment.

Keywords: Sexual Abuse  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

286. Lohr, J., Tolin, D., & Kleinknecht, R. (1996, January). An intensive design investigation of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing of claustrophobia. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 10(1), 73-88. doi:10.1016/0887-6185(95)00036-4.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Two claustrophobic subjects were treated with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), a new treatment for induced anxiety disorders. Both subjects were interviewed to construct detailed images of fear-related events before treatment. The treatment followed a within-series phase-change design to examine the effects of eye movement added to the general treatment protocol. Both subjects' verbal reports of fear changed substantially when eye movements were added to the general treatment protocol. It was concluded that the addition of eye movement was necessary to reduce the aversiveness of some phobic imagery. No change in heart rate was observed for either subject. These results are discussed within the framework of the growing number of EMDR outcome studies (ScienceDirect).

Keywords: Claustrophia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

287. Paterson, M. (2001, May). Interactive cognitive sub-systems as a theoretical basis for EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a novel approach to treating Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). It relies upon having clients access images of their traumas, negative self-schemas, emotions, and somatic memories and reprocessing these to resolution of the traumatic memory. The simultaneous linking of these components is accompanied by alternating stimulations of the brains hemispheres using either auditory tones, tactile sensation, or rapid eye movements across the visual field. Successful completion of the treatment results in trauma images fading, positive cognitive shift, reduction of negative affect, and disappearance of somatic sensations. Shapiro (1995) proposed an 'accelerated processing model' for EMDR that essentially pulls together the different strands of the treatment in a coherent way. It suggests that the brain heals itself, as with tissue damage, and changes in symptomatology are always from negative to positive. What Shapiro's model does not do is operationally define her concepts and explain the way changes in dysfunctional information occur. For example, the EMDR model, as with Beck's (1987) Clinical Cognitive Model, accepts that clients place new meaning on dysfunctionally stored information, but lacks explanation of how this occurs: i.e. the shift from irrational to rational beliefs, and from 'cold' to 'hot' cognitions. This paper rectifies the difficulties the 'accelerated processing model' has in acting as a theoretical basis for EMDR. It describes firstly the received wisdom on the neurophysiological, and psychological correlates of PTSD. It then goes on to examine the treatment components considered necessary for the effective resolution of the disorder. In its final phase, the paper considers how well models of information processing explain the acquisition and maintenance of PTSD. It adopts a modification of the Ingerchanging Cognitive Subsystems (ICS) approach (Teasdale & Barnard, 1993), a theory based in cognitive science, to operationally define EMDR's component parts and its process in the treatment of PTSD. The ICS approach is recommended as a useful way to conceptualise the maintenance of PTSD and a strong theoretical basis for EMDR.

Keywords: Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

288. Schmidt, S. J. (1998, June). Internal conference room ego-state therapy and the resolution of double binds:  Preparing clients for EMDR trauma processing. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(2), 10-12, 14.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Keywords: Double Binds  Ego State Therapy  Preparation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

289. Jarero, I., & Uribe, S. (2012). Intervención temprana en salud mental en una situación de masacre humana: Fosas clandestinas en durango 2011 [Early mental health intervention in human slaughter situation: Mass graves in 2011 Durango]. Revista Iberoamericana de Psicotraumatología y Disociación, 4(1).

Language: Spanish

Format: Other

Abstract: Resumen. La Comisión Nacional de los Derechos Humanos solicitó el apoyo de la Asociación Mexicana para Ayuda Mental en Crisis, con la solicitud de atender al personal forense de la Fiscalía General del Estado de Durango en México. Una sola sesión del Protocolo de EMDR para Incidentes Críticos Recientes fue brindada a 32 personas que estuvieron trabajando con 258 cuerpos recuperados de fosas clandestinas. Tanto los resultados estadísticos pre y post tratamiento, como el seguimiento que se hizo a los 3 y 5 meses, mostraron la mejoría de las personas atendidas y una significativa reducción en síntomas de estrés postraumático y de Trastorno por Estrés Postraumático (TEPT), a pesar de que continuaron realizando el trabajo de recuperación de cuerpos extraídos de las fosas clandestinas y estuvieron expuestos continuamente a terribles estresores emocionales. Los resultados estadísticos obtenidos sugieren que la intervención ayudó a prevenir el desarrollo del TEPT en su fase crónica y a incrementar la resiliencia psicológica y emocional. Nota: Este documento es una reseña de dos artículos publicados por Ignacio Jarero y Susana Uribe en el Journal of EMDR Practice and Research durante 2011 y 2012 titulados The EMDR Protocol for Recent Critical Incidents: Application in a Human Massacre Situation y Follow-UP Report of an Application in a Human Massacre Situation.

Summary. The National Commission on Human Rights requested the support of the Mexican Association for Crisis Assistance Mental, with the request to address the forensic staff of the Attorney General of the State of Durango in Mexico. A single session of EMDR Protocol for Recent Critical Incident was given to 32 people who were working with 258 bodies recovered from mass graves. Both statistical results before and after treatment, the monitoring was done at 3 and 5 months, showed the improvement of people served and significant reduction in symptoms of posttraumatic stress and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), despite they continued doing the work of recovery of bodies extracted from the mass graves and were continuously exposed to terrible emotional stressors. The statistical results obtained suggest that the intervention helped prevent the development of PTSD in its chronic phase and increase psychological and emotional resilience. Note: This document is a review of two articles published by Ignacio Uribe Jarero and Susanna in the Journal of EMDR Practice and Research in 2011 to 2012 graduates The EMDR Protocol for Critical Incidents Recent: Application in Human Massacre Situation and Follow-Up Report of an Application in a Human Situation Massacre.

Keywords: Durango  Early Intervention  Human Slaughter  Mass Graves  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

290. Miller, K. (2013, May). The intricacies of time orientation: Going beyond “What year is this? . Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dual attention is necessary for successful EMDR trauma reprocessing. This implies the client has sufficient time orientation, knowing the feelings are from a memory and the event is not happening now. Complex trauma and PTSD’s component of flashbacks and reliving requires that clinicians have a myriad of time orientation skills readily available when needed. EMDR therapists need to be especially attentive to this issue because of the high intensity of affect EMDR can stimulate. This 90 minute workshop will teach the art and intricacies of time orientation within an EMDR framework. Lecture, case transcripts and video clips will show the power, depth and art of time orientation skills. Learning Objectives: • Describe the theoretical reason why time orientation skills are • Necessary when using EMDR with PTSD and complex trauma • Describe the EMDR Standard Protocol Phase where the majority of time orientation interventions are used. • Describe 5 ways to time orient a client • Understand the power of time orientation to stabilize a client when using EMDR.

Keywords: Orientation Interventions  Time Orientation Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

291. Teixeira, R (2007, Novembro). Introdução ao EMDR: Protocolo 8 fases EMDR [Introduction to EMDR: 8 phase EMDR protocol]. Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Processamento Adaptativo de Informação; Protocolo de 8 fases e a estrutração dos ICES.

Adaptive Information Processing; Protocol 8 phases.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Eight Phases  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

292. Shapiro, F. (2012, October). Introduction to EMDR therapy. Presentation at the Pre-Meeting Institute of the 28th Annual Meeting of ISTSS, Los Angeles, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will introduce the basics of EMDR therapy and provide an overview of treatment. Both the theoretical foundation and recent research findings will be explored. EMDR is an evidence-based psychotherapy supported by more than 20 randomized controlled studies. Meta-analyses have indicated that the effects of EMDR on PTSD symptoms are comparable to those of trauma-focused CBT. However, EMDR therapy does not require homework, sustained arousal, detailed descriptions of the index trauma, or extended exposure to the event. While the eye movement component has been the subject of controversy, in the past decade an additional 20 randomized trials have evaluated the eye movements and demonstrated significantly superior effects compared to “exposure-only” conditions. The eye movements have been shown to (a) decrease the emotionality and vividness of memories, (b) create physiological relaxation responses, (c) facilitate access to associative memories and (d) lead to an increase in recognition of correct information. Two dominant theories regarding the role of the eye movements have emerged: (1) disruption of working memory and (2) elicitation of an orienting response. The research and clinical implications will be examined. The goals of this presentation parallel those of the conference itself by allowing participants to evaluate ways in which EMDR therapy offers innovations in both conceptualization and clinical treatment. These innovations include ways to support therapy retention and increase stability for those clients ordinarily considered too fragile to tolerate memory processing. Outreach can also be increased through the use of consecutive-day trauma treatment. Relevant research will be reported on the use of EMDR therapy with diverse populations. Participants will learn how the adaptive information processing theory that guides EMDR therapy practice offers a reconceptualization of (a) psychopathology, (b) therapeutic change, (c) the therapy relationship, (d) preparation for processing and (e) the multiple methods included in the therapy. The presentation will provide participants with the theoretical basis for EMDR therapy, an overview of the eight treatment phases, the three-pronged selection of processing targets, pertinent research, as well as applications to the full range of trauma victims. Videotaped sessions will demonstrate diverse treatment effects and provide participants with comparisons to other research-supported trauma treatments. 1-Describe the relevant research findings 2-Identify the components of the standard EMDR therapy three-pronged approach to processing 3-Contrast EMDR therapy with other empirically supported trauma treatments

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

293. Aduriz, M. E., & Bluthgen, C. (2007, Novembro). Inundación en Santa Fe-Argentina: Protocolo de intervención grupal con EMDR [Flooding in Santa Fe, Argentina: Group protocol intervention with EMDR] . Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Narrarán brevemente la experiencia de catástrofe con 220 niños; las distintas etapas de preparación, trabajo de campo y seguimiento. Mostrarán a través del Protocolo Grupal Integrativo, los dibujos y resultados estadísticos de esta intervención donde probó de manera clara de ser eficiente, acotada, poco costosa y con resultados sostenidos a lo largo del tiempo.

Background: narrated briefly the experience of catastrophe with 220 children, the different stages of preparation, field work and monitoring. Displayed through the Protocol Group Integrative, drawings and statistical results of this intervention which clearly proved to be efficient, bounded, inexpensive and sustained results over time.

Keywords: Flooding  Group Protocol  Sante Fe  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

294. Ackerman, M. (2012, July 3). Is EMDR the cure?. The Fix, Addiction and Recovery Straight Up. Retrieved from http://www.thefix.com/content/emdr-cure-for-addiction-10083?page=1 on Juky 14, 2012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
When Nicole, a 40-year-old teacher from Santa Barbara, began doing EMDR therapy, she had already been in regular old therapy since the age of 18. But despite years of cognitive behavioral work, she suffered an emotional breakdown at 38 and wound up at an inpatient treatment center. While being in treatment helped, what brought Nicole back to normalcy was a form of psychotherapy known as EMDR—which stands for Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing and involves a therapist leading a patient through an eight-phase treatment, including a series of left-to-right and right-to-left eye movements, in a way that’s meant to process memories stored in the brain. Within a matter of weeks of once-a-week treatments, Nicole realized just how much her past experiences of bad romantic relationships were affecting her physically. “I realized that I was engaging in my addiction to avoid emotional pain,” she says. “When you don’t have a full self, you fill that emptiness with whatever substance you can get. Because EMDR is so focused on how trauma is stored in your body, it allowed me to experience the grieving process that I needed and let me release the negative emotions that were affecting me.”

Keywords: Addiction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

295. Tripolt, R. (2008, September). Körpererfahrung und EMDR-prozess [Body experience and the EMDR process]. Vortrag im Rahmen der Pre-Kongress zum Thema EMDR bei der Vorkkongress EMDR beim Europaischen Hypnoeskongress, Wien, Österreich.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Menschen die an einer PTBS und deren Folgen leiden, erleben den Körper und dessen Symptome oft als Feind. Die sanfte, geleitete Schulung der Körperwahrnehmung ist ein Weg sich mit dem Körper anzufreunden. Lernen, angenehme Körperempfindungen wahrzunehmen erhöht das Vertrauen und erleichtert die Verarbeitung schmerzvoller Erfahrungen. Lernen mit unangenehmen oder schmerzhaften Körperwahrnehmungen umzugehen, reduziert die Angst. Den Focus auf die Körpersensationen zu richten, setzt voraus, mit den auftretenden Körpererinnerungen, Schmerzen und/oder der Übererregung fertig werden zu können. Die Kombination von Körper- und Körperimpulswahrnehmung und bewusster Bewegung im EMDR Prozess gibt die notwendige Sicherheit und erlaubt durch tiefe und bewußte Körpererfahrung eine sanfte Verarbeitung und Integration traumatischer Erfahrungen. Stabilisierungsphase: Aufbau und Verankerung positiver Körpererfahrung und Körperressourcen mit bilateraler Stimulierung. Schulung der sinnlichen Wahrnehmung und deren Verbalisierung. Psychoedukation in Hinblick auf amnestische und/oder vorsprachlich codierte Erfahrungen im sinnlich, körperlichen Bereich. EMDR Prozess: Erweiterung des EMDR Protokolls um das Installieren von Körperressourcen. Einweben von Bewegungsimagination und gerichteter Aufmerksamkeit auf bewusste Handlungsimpulse. Bewusstmachen und therapeutisches Nutzen von Körperhaltungen, Bewegungsimpulsen und Bewegungen während der Prozessierungsphase. Abschluss und Integration: Körpertest vor Abschluss des Protokolls. Integration von neuer Körpererfahrung in Bewegung, Handlung und Begegnung. Führen eines Therapietagebuchs mit den Kategorien: Ich denke (Kognition) – Ich fühle(Emotion) – Ich spüre (sinnliches Erleben).

People suffering from PTSD and the consequences of experiencing the body and its symptoms often an enemy. The gentle, conducted training of body awareness is a way to make friends with the body. Learning to perceive pleasant body sensations increased confidence and facilitate the processing of painful experiences. Learning to deal with unpleasant or painful body awareness, reduces anxiety. The focus to addressing the body sensations presupposes being able to cope with the developing body memories, pain and / or hyperarousal. The combination of body and body movement in the conscious perception and impulse EMDR process provides the necessary security and allows the body through deep and conscious experience a gentle processing and integration of traumatic experiences. Stabilization phase: structure and anchoring positive body experience and body resources with bilateral stimulation. Training of sensory perception and its verbalization. Psychoeducation in terms of amnesic and / or encoded preverbal experience in sensual, physical area. EMDR process: expansion of the EMDR protocol for the installation of body resources. Weaving of movement and imagination directed attention to conscious action impulses. Awareness and therapeutic benefits of postures, movement, impulses and movements during the Prozessierungsphase. Completion and integration: body test before the conclusion of the Protocol. Integration of new body of experience in movement, action and encounter. Run a therapy diary with the categories: I think (cognition) - I feel (emotion) - I feel (sensory experience).

Keywords: Body Experience  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

296. Miti, G., & Onofri, A. (2011, Guigno). La psicoterapia dei disturbi dissociativi: Dalle tecniche cognitivo-comportamentali all'approccio EMDR [Psychotherapy of dissociative disorders: From cognitive-behavioral techniques to the EMDR approach]. Cognitivismo Clinico, 8(1), 73-91 .

Language: Italian

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Gli Autori illustrano i princìpi fondamentali nel trattamento dei Disturbi Dissociativi, nell’ottica della psicoterapia cognitivo-evoluzionista. Descrivono la cosiddetta “Terapia per fasi”, caratterizzata dalla iniziale ricerca della stabilizzazione del paziente e da una riduzione sintomatologica; quindi da una fase centrale di elaborazione dei traumi relazionali e complessi considerati frequentemente alla base degli stati dissociativi; infine dalla integrazione e ricerca di una “crescita post-traumatica”. Gli Autori prendono in esame le diverse strategie e tecniche più frequentemente utilizzate, da quelle legate al lavoro terapeutico sul corpo ai gruppi di mutuo aiuto, dalla psicofarmacologia all’ipnosi. Una parte significativa dell’articolo è dedicata all’uso dell’approccio EMDR nel trattamento degli stati dissociativi.

The Authors show the fundamental principles in the treatment of the Dissociative Disorders, in the perspective of the Cognitive-Evolutionary Psychotherapy. They describe the so called “Staged Therapy”, characterized by a starting phase toward the stabilization of the patient and the symptomatology’s reduction; by a central phase of processing of the relational and complex traumas often grounding the dissociative states; and then by an integration and a “post-traumatic growing”. The Authors examine the different strategies and techniques, most frequently used, from the therapeutical body work till self-help groups, from psychopharmacology till hypnosis. A significant part of the article show the importance of the EMDR approach in the treatment of dissociative states.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

297. Bossini, L., Tavanti, M., Calossi, S., Marino, G., Pieraccini, F., Vatti, G., & Castrogiovanni, P. (2008, Novembre). Le modificazioni del volume hippocampale dopo una terapia con EMDR nel PTSD [EMDR treatment for PTSD: effect on hippocampal volume]. Plenaria presentato le applicazioni cliniche di EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Molti studi di Risonanza Magnetica (RM) hanno mostrato che in pazienti con Disturbo Post-Traumatico da Stress (DPTS) è presente un volume ippocampale più piccolo se confrontato con i controlli sani. Allo stesso tempo altre indagini hanno mostrato che i farmaci psichiatrici bloccano gli effetti dello stress nell’ippocampo e promuovano la neurogenesi a livello ippocampale. Comunque il solo studio che ha investigato gli effetti di un tipo di psicoterapia non ha evidenziato modificazioni volumetriche significative (1). Scopo dello Studio: Scopo dello studio è indagare gli effetti del trattamento con EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) sul volume ippocampale e sui sintomi clinici di un gruppo di pazienti con DPTS. Metodologia: Abbiamo paragonato gli ippocampi di 9 pazienti con DPTS cronico e mai sottoposti ad alcun tipo di terapia (farmacologica e/o psicoterapica) a 9 soggetti sani accoppiati per sesso, età e scolarità. La diagnosi e la severità del DPTS è stata misurata tramite la Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS) (Fase 1). Successivamente tutti i soggetti con DPTS sono stati sottoposti a 12 sedute settimanali di EMDR della durata di 90 minuti ciascuna e nuovamente sottoposti a valutazione clinica e RM (Fase 2). Risultati: Fase 1 - E’ stata scelta una p inferiore di .05 per indicare la significatività statistica. L’analisi della covarianza (ANCOVA) con l’emisfero (ippocampo sinistro vs. ippocampo destro) come fattore ripetuto, il volume totale cerebrale come covariata ha mostrato che i soggetti con DPTS hanno il volume ippocampale più piccolo rispetto ai controlli (F=12.53, d.f=1,15, p=.003). La media del punteggio della CAPS nei soggetti con DPTS era 55.78 ± 21.74. Fase 2 - Il trattamento con EMDR è associate ad un incremento del volume ippocampale sia a destra (5.9 %) (t=-3.34, df=8, p=.010) sia a sinistra (6.1 %) (t=-3.27, df=8, p=.011). I risultati indicano anche che il trattamento con EMDR produce un significativo decremento del punteggio totale della CAPS (da 55.78±21.74 a 19.33±15.49; t=4.78, df=8, p=.001 Conclusioni: La prima parte dello studio conferma i dati che mostrano che i soggetti con DPTS hanno un ippocampo più piccolo dei controlli sani La seconda parte suggerisce che il trattamento con EMDR può essere associato ad un miglioramento sintomatologico e ad un incremento del volume degli ippocampi. Questi risultati suggeriscono l’opportunità di continuare ad indagare gli effetti biologici delle psicoterapie.

Many studies of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) showed that in patients with Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) is a smaller hippocampal volume compared with healthy controls. At the same time other studies have shown that psychiatric drugs block the effects of stress and promote hippocampus neurogenesis in the hippocampus. However, the only study that investigated the effects of a type of psychotherapy showed no significant volume changes (1). Objective: The purpose of this study is to investigate the effects of treatment with EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) on hippocampal volume and clinical symptoms of a group of patients with PTSD. Methods: We compared the hippocampi of nine patients with chronic PTSD and never subjected to any kind of treatment (pharmacological and / or psychotherapy) in 9 healthy subjects matched for sex, age and education. The diagnosis and severity of PTSD was measured by the Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS) (Phase 1). Then all subjects with PTSD were subjected to 12 weekly sessions of EMDR lasting 90 minutes each and again subjected to clinical evaluation and MRI (Phase 2). Results: Step 1 - E 'was chosen p less than .05 to indicate statistical significance. The analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) with hemisphere (left vs. hippocampus. Right hippocampus) as repeated factor, the total brain volume as covariate showed that individuals with PTSD have smaller hippocampal volume than controls (F = 12:53 , df = 1.15, p =. 003). The average score of the CAPS in subjects with PTSD was 55.78 ± 21.74. Step 2 - Treatment with EMDR is associated with an increase in both right hippocampal volume (5.9%) (t =- 3:34, df = 8, p =. 010) and left (6.1%) (t =- 3.27, df = 8, p =. 011). The results also indicate that treatment with EMDR produces a significant decrease in the CAPS total score (from 21.74 to 55.78 ± 19:33 15:49 ± t = 4.78, df = 8, p =. 001 Conclusion: The first part of the study confirms the data showing that individuals with PTSD have a smaller hippocampus of healthy controls The second part suggests that treatment with EMDR may be associated with symptomatic improvement and an increase in the volume of the hippocampus. These results suggest the desirability of continuing to investigate the biological effects of psychotherapy.

Keywords: Hippocampal Volume  Plenary  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

298. Robinson, N. S. (2012, June). Legacy informed EMDR: Promote positive and desensitize negative core beliefs stemming from transgenerational and cultural sources [Legado informado EMDR: Promover positivo y desensibilizar a las creencias negativas que se derivan de las fuentes principales transgeneracionales y cultural]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Ancestral, familial and cultural factors often become embedded and can lay the foundation of core negative beliefs and symptomatology. Legacy informed EMDR introduces the idea that EMDR can be utilized to reconsolidate transgenerational roots of symptomatology. The workshop outlines how to use EMDR to: 1) promote a positive core belief by accessing legacy-based resources 2) desensitize legacy-based maladaptive beliefs, traumatic events and emotional baggage 3)help clients develop an affirming coherent life narrative. This integrative approach is informed by a wide range of recent, notable researchers in the fields of neurobiology, attachment, and family systems (Siegel,1999, 2010; Main,1990; Boszormenyi-Nagy,1984; White, M. & Epston, D,1990). The workshop addresses how to incorporate legacy informed work into the standard 8-phase, 3-pronged protocol. Phase 1 includes an extended genogram. A core positive cognition is elicited and a VOC is taken as part of goal setting. Legacy based resources are developed for preparation and RDI. The standard protocol is used to desensitize traumatic targets. Access to ancestral, familial and cultural beliefs and information is gained with an EMDR time-line similar to that used in Maureen Kitchur’s Strategic Developmental Model (Kitchur, 2005). Clinicians can complete a course of EMDR therapy by reconsolidating threads from the distant past, remembered past, current being and future vision. Material often emerges and is reprocessed relating to race, gender, disabilities, sexual orientation and socio-economic dynamics as well as trauma and oppression. This legacy workshop is practice oriented and is anecdotally based on the presenter’s clinical work.

Factores ancestrales, familiares y culturales en muchas ocasiones se ensamblan y pueden llevar a la formación de creencias irracionales y sintomatología. El Legado informado EMDR introduce la idea de que el EMDR puede ser utilizado para reconsolidar las raíces transgeneracionales de la sintomatología. El taller revisa como usar el EDMR para: (1) Promover las creencias positivas accediendo a los recursos basados en el legado (2) Desensibiliza mediante el legado las creencias desadaptativas, eventos traumáticos y bagaje emocional. (3) Mantener el desarrollo de los clientes y afirmar la coherencia narrativa de la vida. Este enfoque integrativo esta creado a partir de un amplio espectro de recientes e importantes investigaciones en los campos de la neurobiología, apego y sistemas familiares(Siegel,1999, 2010; Main,1990; Boszormenyi-­‐Nagy,1984; White, M. & Epston, D,1990). Este taller muestra como incorporar el legado informado al trabajo de las 8 fases, con el protocolo de 3 flancos. La fase uno incluye un árbol genealógico. Una cognición positiva es elicitada y el VOC es cogido como parte de una meta. Los recursos basados en el legado son desarrollados para la preparación y el RDI. El protocolo estándar es usado para desensibilizar los recuerdos diana. Acceder a los recuerdos ancestrales, familiares y culturales y la información proporcionada por el EMDR a tiempo real es similar en la usada por el modelo de desarrollo estratégico de Maureen Kitchur(Kitchur, 2005). Los clínicos pueden completar el curso de EMDR reconsolidando estos enunciados del pasado distante, pasado recordado, presente y visión futura. A menudo el material surge y es reprocesado en función a la raza, genero, discapacidad, orientación sexual y dinámicas socioeconómicas como el trauma y la opresión. Este taller de legado es una práctica orientada y esta basada de manera anecdótica en el trabajo clínico del ponente.

Keywords: Core Beliefs  Cultural  Transgenerational  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

299. Haour, F., & Servan-Schreiber, D. (2009). Les bases neuroscientifiques de l’EMDR [Neuroscientific bases of EMDR]. In J. Cottraux (Ed.), TCC et Neurosciences (pp.187-202). Issy-les-Moulineaux: Elsevier Masson.

Language: French

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
France Haour et David Servan-Schreiber présentent avec clarté la désensibilisation par les mouvements oculaires et le retraitement de l’information (EMDR), ainsi que les études qui ont été effectuées par des méthodes neuroscientifiques pour tester ces processus. Plusieurs points restent néanmoins en suspens. Effectivement, l’EMDR est d’efficacité démontrée dans le stress post-traumatique, et les traumatismes plus légers, mais il n’y a pas de données dures pour le valider dans d’autres indications. De plus, son processus, comme il est souligné dans le chapitre, demeure controversé. Il ne faudrait pas oublier qu’un EMDR sans mouvements oculaires aboutit à de résultats identiques à ceux d’un EMDR avec mouvements oculaires, dans la méta-analyse de Davidson et Parker (2001), qui inclut 13 études comparant ces deux conditions. Cinq méta-analyses ne retrouvent pas de différence d’efficacité entre TCC et EMDR. Ces faits expérimentaux ont amené aussi bien l’Association psychiatrique américaine (2004) que le rapport INSERM (2004) à classer l’EMDR dans les TCC, dont il représente une variante technique, sans véritable discontinuité. Par ailleurs, l’analogie souvent faite entre EMDR et la phase REM (phase paradoxale du sommeil correspondant au rêve et à des mouvements oculaires rapides) n’est qu’une hypothèse et ne repose pas à ce jour sur des données scientifiques. Enfin, toutes les thérapies d’exposition utilisent des distracteurs (relaxation, images mentales de sécurité, pensées positives) pour faciliter l’accès aux émotions liées au traumatisme. L’hypnose, qui a montré son efficacité dans le stress post-traumatique lors d’une seule étude contrôlée (Brom, 1989), elle aussi, se sert de mouvements oculaires, pour capter l’attention. Ainsi faisait son ancêtre, Franz Anton Mesmer, comme le montre le rapport établi en 1784 par la commission royale sur le magnétisme animal (Darnton, 1995). Quoi qu’il en soit, l’EMDR propose un protocole utile, robuste et aisé à enseigner et à appliquer.

France Haour and David Servan-Schreiber present with clarity desensitization Eye Movement and reprocessing of information (EMDR) and studies that have been conducted by neuroscientists methods to test these processes. Several points are still open. Indeed, EMDR is proven efficacy in post-traumatic stress, and lighter injuries, but there is no hard data to validate in other indications. In addition, its process, as outlined in the chapter remains controversial. We should not forget that EMDR without eye movements leads to results identical to those of EMDR with eye movements in the meta-analysis of Davidson and Parker (2001), which includes 13 studies comparing these two conditions. Five meta-analyzes found no difference in efficacy between CBT and EMDR. These experimental facts led both the American Psychiatric Association (2004) report that the INSERM (2004) to classify EMDR in CBT, which is a variant technique, no real discontinuity. Moreover, the analogy often made between EMDR and REM sleep (REM sleep corresponding dreams and rapid eye movement) is only a hypothesis and not based so far on scientific data. Finally, all therapies exposure using distractors (relaxation, mental imagery security positive thoughts) to facilitate access to the emotions related to the trauma. Hypnosis, which has shown its effectiveness in post-traumatic stress in one controlled study (Brom, 1989), it also uses movements eye for attention. So was his ancestor, Franz Anton Mesmer, as shown in the report prepared in 1784 by the Royal Commission on Animal Magnetism (Darnton, 1995). Anyway, EMDR offers a useful protocol, robust and easy to teach and apply.

Keywords: Neuroscience  Neuroscientific Bases  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

300. Paulsen, S. L. (2010, February). Looking through the eyes: EMDR & ego state therapy across the dissociative continuum. Presentation at the 3rd World Congress of Ego State Therapy, Sun City, South Africa.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: There are two workshops that are similar, in that they describe ways to work with dissociative clients in the phased approach recommended by the Treatment Guidelines of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, to which Dr. Paulsen contributed for the Third Revision That phased approach emphasizes stabilization and containment before conducting EMDR, and then using a measured approach to pace the use of EMDR for maximal safety for dissociative clients. The first workshop teaches the ego state methods to do this, and this second workshop describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods. [The second workshop ”Looking Through the Eyes: EMDR & Ego State and Somatic Therapies Acrosss the Dissociative Continuum” with its own entry describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods, making that workshop very full indeed.] This first workshop will elaborate on the key phase of stabilization, before ever conducting EMDR for a dissociative client. It will describe ways to increase affect tolerance, employ somatic resourcing, and other somatic methods to reconfigure ego states, use a two-step containment strategy for traumatic material and for ego states. A key focus is on working directly with perpetrator introjects or other “monstrous” disowned or shameful parts, to minimize resistance and internal conflict. Leading edge methods for resetting affective circuits and clearing very early attachment trauma will be touched upon. Participants will be able to: 1. Explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation prior to doing EMDR and choose an appropriate protocol, 2. Utilize a phased approach to therapy, including EMDR when and where appropriate, for complex dissociative clients, 3. List six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients to increase rapport, increase soma tolerance, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources, 4. Prepare for EMDR processing using ego state and other methods to clarify roles and plan the work, 5. Structure EMDR sessions using imagery, ego state interventions (and somatic methods, for the second workshop) for pacing, fractionating and trouble shooting the work, and 6.For the somatic version of the workshop, list several somatic interventions to assist with various phases work with dissociative clients.

Keywords: Dissociative Continuum  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

301. Paulsen, S. L. (2009). Looking through the eyes: EMDR, Ego state & somatic therapies across the dissociative continuum. Presentation at the Bainbridge Institute for Integrative Psychology, Bainbridge Island, Washington .

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
There are two workshops that are similar, in that they describe ways to work with dissociative clients in the phased approach recommended by the Treatment Guidelines of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, to which Dr. Paulsen contributed for the Third Revision That phased approach emphasizes stabilization and containment before conducting EMDR, and then using a measured approach to pace the use of EMDR for maximal safety for dissociative clients. The first workshop ["Looking Through the Eyes: EMDR & Ego State Therapy Across the Dissociative Continuum” with its own entry] teaches the ego state methods to do stabilization and containment. This second workshop describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods, making that workshop very full indeed. This workshop will elaborate on the key phase of stabilization, before ever conducting EMDR for a dissociative client. It will describe ways to increase affect tolerance, employ somatic resourcing, and other somatic methods to reconfigure ego states, use a two-step containment strategy for traumatic material and for ego states. A key focus is on working directly with perpetrator introjects or other “monstrous” disowned or shameful parts, to minimize resistance and internal conflict. Leading edge methods for resetting affective circuits and clearing very early attachment trauma will be touched upon. Partipants will be able to: 1. Explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation prior to doing EMDR and choose an appropriate protocol, 2. Utilize a phased approach to therapy, including EMDR when and where appropriate, for complex dissociative clients, 3. List six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients to increase rapport, increase soma tolerance, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources, 4. Prepare for EMDR processing using ego state and other methods to clarify roles and plan the work, 5. Structure EMDR sessions using imagery, ego state interventions (and somatic methods, for the second workshop) for pacing, fractionating and trouble shooting the work, and 6. For the somatic version of the workshop, list several somatic interventions to assist with various phases work with dissociative clients.

Keywords: Dissociative Continuum  Ego State Therapy  Somatic Resourcing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

302. Gauvreau, P. (2013, Mai). L’utilisation de la table dissociative dans la Phase 2 préparation [The use of the dissociative table in preparation for Phase 2]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract: n
Lorsque nous travaillons avec des clients souffrant de TSPT Complexe, il est souvent fort utile des les aider à accéder et identifier les différents états du moi, ces parties émotionnelles qui portent les réseaux de mémoires contenant les souvenirs traumatiques/matériel dysfonctionnel. Cet atelier vise à présenter la Table dissociative de Fraser comme outil de travail. Ce “lieu de rencontre interne” devient un endroit sécuritaire où les états du moi/ parties émotionnelles peuvent communiquer entre elles, facilitant la stabilisation, le renforcement de l’égo et la préparation au travail de retraitement EMDR. Cette présentation se fera par le biais de matériel didactique et de démonstrations video. Objectifs d’apprentissage: • Introduction aux principes généraux de la dissociation structurelle dans les cas de traumas complexes • Apprendre un scripte afin de mettre en pratique la table dissociative • Apprendre à mettre en place des stratégies de préparation et stabilisation via la table dissociative

When we work with clients with complex PTSD, it is often useful to help access and identify the different ego states, those parts that carry the emotional memory arrays containing traumatic memories / equipment dysfunctional. This workshop aims to present the dissociative Table Fraser as a working tool. This "internal meeting place" becomes a safe place for ego states / emotional parts can communicate with each other, facilitating stabilization, strengthening the ego and the job readiness EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will be through educational materials and video demonstrations. Learning Objectives: • Introduction to general principles of structural dissociation in the case of complex trauma • Learn a script to put into practice the dissociative table • Learn to develop preparedness strategies and stabilization via the dissociative table

Keywords: Dissociation Table  Structural Dissociatio  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

303. Hensley, B. J. (2010). Manual básico de EMDR [EMDR basic manual]. Bilbao ESPAÑA: Desclée De Brouwer.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book

Abstract:
Manual básico de EMDR. "Hensley ha escrito un libro sencillo y básico, que constituye el complemento perfecto a los textos de Shapiro". Dra. Jennifer Lendl "Los ejemplos, casos, tablas y diagramas... ayudan al terapeuta EMDR a comprender y desarrollar la pericia adicional relativa a este maravi- lloso método". Dra. Irene B. Giessl Este libro de texto ha sido diseñado para ser usado como material adicional al texto original de Francine Shapiro. Incluye una revisión completa del modelo de Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información (PAI) y de los principios, protocolos y procedimientos de la EMDR tanto para los terapeutas recién formados como para los profesionales experimentados que deseen revisar dichos principios. Sus claves son: • Una revisión global de la EMDR incluyendo el Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información y el enfoque de tres vértices con un lenguaje accesible y comprensible. • Una síntesis de los elementos básicos de las ocho fases de la EMDR con ejemplos de cada fase, de modo que el contenido fundamental pueda ser fácilmente comprendido. • Estrategias y técnicas para tratar a clientes difíciles, con altos niveles de emociones perturbadoras y con un procesamiento bloqueado. • Historiales, diálogos y transcripciones de sesiones satisfactorias de EMDR con explicaciones relativas a la justificación del tratamiento.

EMDR Basic Manual. "Hensley has written a simple and basic, which is the perfect complement to the text of Shapiro. " Dr. Jennifer Lendl. "The examples, cases, tables and diagrams ... EMDR helps the therapist understand and develop additional expertise on this marvelous method and counsel. " Dr. Irene B. Giessl. This textbook is designed to be used as additional material to the original text by Francine Shapiro. Includes a comprehensive review of the model of Adaptive Information Processing (PAI) and the principles, protocols and procedures for both EMDR trained therapists just as for experienced professionals wishing to review these principles. Your keys are: • A comprehensive review of the EMDR including the Adaptive Information Processing and the three-pronged approach with an accessible and understandable. • A summary of the basic elements of the eight phases of EMDR with examples of each phase, so that the substance can be easily understood. • Strategies and techniques for dealing with difficult clients, with high levels of disturbing emotions and blocked processing. • Records, dialogues and transcripts of sessions with EMDR satisfactory explanations regarding the rationale for treatment.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

304. Adler-Tapia, R. (2004, August). Mapping targets for EMDR processing. Author.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
The author outlines the twenty four steps in the Preparation Phase of EMDR processing during a EMDR session with a child.

Keywords: Children  Target  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

305. Litt, B.K. (2008, September). The marriage of EMDR and ego state therapy in couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Ego state conflict can frequently dominate relational patterns even in clients without a trauma history. Relational partners often have poor boundaries and share a mutual dependency characterized by blame and projection. This workshop will explore family dynamics that contribute to ego fragmentation and manifestations of interlocking ego state conflict in couples therapy. Participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, be able to describe ego state manifestations in couples conflict, and learn how to manage ego states in the desensitization phase of processing.

Keywords: Couples Therapy  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

306. Egli-Bernd, H. (2009, October). MDR bei dissoziativen prozessen im rahmen von persönlichkeitsstörungen ; Zur Bedeutung der kognitionen im EMDR-prozess, Das „Dialog-Protokoll“ [EMDR in dissociative processes within the framework of Personality Disorders; On the importance of cognitions in EMDR process, The "dialogue protocol"] . EMDR Deutschland e.V. Rundbrief, 19, 20-34.

Language: German

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Spezifische Schwierigkeiten bei einer Gruppe von KlientInnen mit Persönlichkeitsstörungen bei der Wahl adäquater Kognitionen erfordern eine theoretische Auseinandersetzung mit der psychodynamischen Bedeutung der Kognitionen im EMDR-Protokoll. Die biographische Gemeinsamkeit dieser Patientengruppe ist der emotional-narzisstische Missbrauch in der Kindheit sowie Vernachlässigung durch primäre Bindungs- und Beziehungspersonen. Diese Lebenserfahrungen haben zur Folge, dass durch eine subtile Dissoziation (kindliche) Selbstteile entstehen, die emotional und kognitiv auf dasjenige Selbstbild fixiert sind, welches von den Bindungs- und Beziehungspartnern definiert und vom Kind verinnerlicht wurde. Das Ziel der Bearbeitung mit der EMDR-Methode ist in diesen Fällen nicht primär das anvisierte Ereignis, sondern dessen komplexe emotionale und kognitive Bedeutung für die Selbstwahrnehmung und -bewertung. Im vorliegenden Artikel wird vorgeschlagen, bei der EMDR-Bearbeitung dieser spezifischen Foki während der Bewertungsphase 3 sich der subtilen dissoziativen Struktur bewusst zu sein und sich ihrer, falls nötig, explizit zu bedienen. Dies geschieht durch die Fokussierung auf die gleichzeitige „Aktivierung“ zweier neuronaler Netzwerke (Selbstteile,) nämlich des „betroffenen (kindlichen) Selbst“ (Traumanetzwerk) und des erwachsenen „Gegenwarts-Selbst“ (Alltagsnetzwerk). Die Formulierung des schlimmsten Momentes (Bild), der Negativen Kognition sowie Affekt und Körperlokalisierung obliegen dem „betroffenen Selbst“, welches das zu bearbeitende verzerrte Selbstbild verinnerlicht hat. Die Positive Kognition hingegen soll vom „Gegenwarts-Selbst“ als eine dialogische, alternative Sichtweise aus der Gegenwartsperspektive formuliert und in den EMDR Prozess als direkte Anrede in der 2.Person Einzahl eingebracht werde n („du bist…“ etc.)

Specific difficulties in a group of clients with personality disorders in the choice of adequate cognition require a theoretical discussion of the psychodynamic significance of cognitions in EMDR protocol. The biography of this common group of patients is the emotional and narcissistic childhood abuse and neglect through primary attachment and relationship people. These life experiences have the effect that, due to a subtle dissociation (childish) Auto Parts, which are fixed to that of emotional and cognitive self-image, which was defined by the attachment and relationship partners and internalized by the child. The goal of treatment with the EMDR method in these cases is not primarily the targeted event, but the complex emotional and cognitive meaning for the self-perception and assessment. In this article it is proposed to be in the EMDR treatment of these specific foci during the evaluation phase 3 is aware of the subtle dissociative structure of her, if necessary, to use explicitly. This is done by focusing on the simultaneous "activation" of two neural networks (auto parts,) namely, the "concerned (children's) self" (Trauma Network) and the adult "present-self '(everyday network). The wording of the worst moment (picture), the negative cognition and affect and body localization is responsible for the "self-interested", which has internalized the distorted self-image to be processed. The positive cognition on the other hand will be the "present-self," formulated as a dialogical, alternative view from the present perspective, and placed in the EMDR process as a direct address to the 2nd person singular ("you are ..." etc.).

Keywords: Cognitions  Dialogue Protcol  Dissociation  Personality Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

307. Kannan, L. (2008, September). Meditation integrated EMDR as an effective technique for post trauma stress: An empirical study. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is essential to adapt EMDR to the culture specific complex demands of family trauma among Asian Indians. This presentation highlights empirical data on the effectiveness of an innovative technique i.e. Meditation Integrated EMDR (MIE) (Vipassana Mindfulness meditation + pranayama + EMDR) with those undergoing post trauma disorders after a family trauma. It introduces the participants to the theoretical basis and techniques of both MIE and EMDR, its adaptations and trains participants to apply to clients. The impact of therapy on SE, LOC, coping styles and overall QOL and their role as predictors of recovery is emphasized. Thus, participants gain a powerful strategy for the holistic treatment of familial trauma like divorce, infidelity, grief, domestic violence.

Keywords: Meditation  Post Traumatic Stress  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

308. EMDR Sweden. (2008, Juni). Medlemsbladet. EMDR Tidningen: Föreningen EMDR Sverige, 10(1), 1-12.

Language: Swedish

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
2) Nyheter!; 3) Hälsning från ordförande; 3) Psykoterapimässan 2008; 4) Referat från studiedagen 25 april 2008; 4) Om dissociation och annat skumt; 6) Fas åtta: Uppföljning/utvärdering; 8) Certifierade EMDR-terapeuter juni 2008; 9) Kalendarium; 10) Förnyelse av certifiering – blankett; 11) Diverse blänkare

2) News!; 3) Greetings from President; 3) Psychotherapy fair 2008; 4) Summary of Report from Study April 25, 2008; 4) On dissociation and other things; 6) Phase Eight: Followup / Evaluation; 8) Certified EMDR therapists-June 2008; 9) Calendar; 10) Certification renewal forms; 11) Miscellaneous notices.

Keywords: Dissociation  Phase Eight  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

309. Mosquera, D. (2012, March). Met behulp van EMDR bij de behandeling van borderline-stoornis bersonality [Using EMDR in the management of borderline personality disorder]. Preconference presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland .

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Onveilige en ongeorganiseerd bijlagen en het begin van relationele verwaarlozing en trauma diepgaand effect op het ontwikkelingstraject van de toekomstige volwassen en verhogen het risico op het ontwikkelen Borderline persoonlijkheidsstoornis (BPD). Mensen met een borderline-stoornis en een geschiedenis complex trauma hebben veel problemen met zelfregulering en met betrekking tot anderen. Het beheer van deze zelfregulering en relationele problemen zijn centrale aspecten in de behandeling van BPS. De stabilisatiefase is opgemerkt als essentieel oor trauma werk. Bij de behandeling van de borderline-stoornis en complexe trauma betekent dit vele bijzonderheden die we moeten in gedachten houden, waaronder: de rol van gehechtheid-gerelateerde gemoedstoestanden en fobieën voor de bevestiging, beïnvloeden en traumatische herinneringen. Werken met gevallen van BPS en complex trauma is intrinsiek relationeel en vaak gepaard gaat met de noodzaak om momenten van intense beïnvloeden en invloed hebben op fobieën beheren in de overdracht en tegenoverdracht. Inzicht in deze aspecten en met strategieën voor het aanpakken van hen is van essentieel belang zowel voor als tijdens EMDR opwerking van traumatische herinneringen om ervoor te zorgen dat de verwerking van traumatische herinneringen veilig en effectief kan worden gedaan met deze patiënten. Deze workshop integreert theoretische uiteenzetting met de presentatie van video's gevallen. De algemene structuur van EMDR therapie bij de behandeling van BPD, interventies in de voorbereidings-en overwegingen voor trauma-gerichte EMDR werk zal worden gedemonstreerd en uitgelegd.

Insecure and disorganized attachments and early relational neglect and trauma profoundly affect the developmental trajectory of the future adult and increase the risk of developing Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD). People with BPD and a history complex trauma have many difficulties with self-regulation and relating to others. The management of these self-regulation and relational difficulties are central aspects in the treatment of BPD. The stabilization phase has been remarked as essential prior to trauma work. In treating BPD and complex trauma this implies many particularities that we should keep in mind including: the role of attachment-related states of mind and phobias for attachment, affect and traumatic memories. Working with cases of BPD and complex trauma is intrinsically relational and often involves the need to manage moments of intense affect and affect phobias in the transference and countertransference. Understanding these aspects and having strategies for addressing them is essential both before and during EMDR reprocessing of traumatic memories to ensure that reprocessing of traumatic memories can be done safely and effectively with these patients. This workshop integrates theoretical exposition with the presentation of videos cases. The general structure of EMDR therapy in treating BPD, interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma-focused EMDR work will be demonstrated and explained.

Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

310. Siegel, D. J. (2007, September). The mindful brain: Reflection and attunement in the cultivation of well-being. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Mindful awareness has been scientifically proven to promote social, emotional and physical well-being and is an effective part of psychotherapy practice. Research has demonstrated that mindful awareness is useful in the prevention of relapse of drug addiction and chronic depression, and in the treatment of anxiety and borderline personality disorder. This ancient practice of being fully aware in the present moment, without grasping onto judgments, has been found in cultures throughout the world. This lecture will explore the possible ways in which mindfulness may actually work to enrich our lives and be a part of EMDR and effective psychotherapy. The state of mindful awareness harnesses specific social and emotional circuits in the brain. With practice, this receptive state of mindfulness becomes a trait of resilience. The development of these “resonance circuits” creates an integrated brain state that creates the benefits of improved immune and cardiac function, enhanced empathy and self-understanding, and a deeper connection to oneself and others.

Keywords: Brain  Mindfulness  Plenary  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

311. Corrigan, F. (2002). Mindfullness, dissociation, EMDR and the anterior cingulate cortex:  A hypothesis. Contemporary Hypnosis, 19(1), 8-17. doi:10.1002/ch.235.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Hypotheses on the neurobiology of a mindfulness-dissociation continuum are presented. Crucial to the hypotheses are the observations of a reciprocal interaction between the cognitive and affective subdivisions of the anterior cingulate cortex and the unilateral activation of right anterior cingulate in hypnotic dissociation and in post-traumatic syndromes. It is proposed that the unilateral activation can cause a loss of the reciprocal relationship between the subdivisions and that in the case of peri-traumatic dissociation the subsequent syndrome responds to eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) through restoration of the bilateral activation and reinstatement of the reciprocal relationship between the subdivisions. Bilateral activation of the cognitive subdivisions is proposed to underlie the attentional state of concentration mindfulness in which affect is well regulated. Copyright © 2002 British Society of Experimental and Clinical Hypnosis

Keywords: Anterior Cingulate Cortex  Bilateral Activation  Dissociation  Emotional Trauma  Gyrus Cinguli  Hypnosis  Hypnotic Dissociation  Mindfulness  Posttraumatic Syndromes  Reciprocal Interaction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

312. Greene, J. (2010, April/Mayl). Mindfulness and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This session explores the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, specifically in relation to strengthening client affect tolerance, body awareness, observer capacity and self-acceptance. These skills are particularly useful in the Preparation phase of EMDR in order to build a strong foundation for the Desensitization phase of the Trauma Protocol. We will look at Mindfulness techniques, combined with Resource Development and Installation (RDI), that are useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Research linking Mindfulness with neural plasticity and neural integration will be highlighted. The session includes lecture, case review and short experiential Mindfulness exercises.

Keywords: Mindfulness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

313. Greene, J. (2010, September/October). Mindfulness and EMDR: Strengthening key skills in preparation phase. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clinicians will learn the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, focusing on key skills developed in the Preparation Phase. The workshop reviews mindfulness basic principles, their relationship with EMDR and the AIP Model, and outcome research relating mindfulness with neuroplasticity. The session also explores Mindfulness strategies for strengthening observer capacity (dual attention), affect tolerance, somatic, and sensory awareness, including techniques useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Finally the workshop addresses options for integrating Mindfulness with Resource Development Installation (RDI). The presentation includes lecture, slides, client case examples, and guided experiential Mindfulness exerices.

Keywords: Mindfulness: Preparation Phase  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

314. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). Mindfulness as a stabilisation tools for trauma processing. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Both EMDR and Trauma-Focused CBT are the two main recommended treatments for symptoms of trauma meeting diagnostic criteria for Post Traumatic Stress Disorder.
In accordance with current literature, contrasting the use of Trauma-Focused CBT with EMDR, it has been found in practise by the author that overall, clients using EMDR experience significantly less long-term distress and appears to process much more quickly than clients engaging in trauma-focused CBT. However, the effect of bodily sensations does not tend to differ between the two groups nor does flashbacks or dissociative tendencies.
Specifically, dissociation is not uncommon in traumatised clients and in clients with a diagnosis of post traumatic stress disorder. The existence of dissociative tendencies can pose a realistic problem in effectively processing traumatic memories, regardless of whether the method being used is trauma-focused cognitive-behavioural exposure-based methods or EMDR.
Mindfulness has been utilised by the Author as a stabilisation method for reducing dissociation in clients, prior to trauma processing (CEP conference – Darker-Smith, 2005) and has since been found to reduce dissociation on the DES scale, when measured pre and post teaching clients the basics of the MBSR programme (taught on a 1-to-1 basis).
Equally, the level of flashbacks and bodily reactions subside dramatically when Mindfulness is taught prior to trauma processing, compared with clients who engage in trauma processing without any form of stabilisation.
The author has not found any evidence that the use of Mindfulness body-scan increases traumatic body memory in trauma survivors.
The purpose of this workshop is to explore the application of mindfulness, through experiencing aspects of the Mindfulness programme. Case studies will be presented to demonstrate the application of mindfulness as a stabilisation took, paying specific attention to clients with dissociative tendencies and personality disorders evolving from trauma.
In addition, role plays between participants will be used to practise the skills of mindfulness in relation to stabilisation prior to trauma processing.

Keywords: Mindfulness  Poster  Stabilization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

315. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). Mindfulness meditation to enable attenuation on imagined exposure in PTSD - A single case study. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Mindfulness mediation (based on Buddhist meditative techniques) has previously been advocated for depression relapse prevention and chronic pain reduction in former research trials (Teasdale; Kabat-zinn, etc.). Because the practice of mindfulness relates to body scans and focusing attention upon the body, it has been advised that it may cause problems in using such a method for sexual abuse and rape survivors, although no research appears to have been carried out in this area. In a single case study of child-sexual-abuse adult survivor who frequently dissociated and experienced “flashbacks” during clinical sessions, the methods of Mindfulness Mediation were introduced to her, in an attempt to keep an awareness of her surroundings whilst doing imagined exposure in for PDSD (post duress stress disorder). From dissociative phases, flashbacks and cognitive avoidance of stimuli, the client became able to focus on the traumatic information being presented and to emotionally relate and process trauma memories, which previously she had been unable to do. Her ability to attenuate upon traumatic information was increased, habituation was easier from a clinical perspective, her anxiety levels decreased (BAI) and her depression levels eased (BDI). (N.B. The client’s improved anxiety and depression scores may have been due to Mindfulness Mediation practices or to the processing of highly emotive information).
Conclusion: Mindfulness Meditation can be a useful adjunct to trauma processing when imagined exposure is being implemented for PTSD/PDSD for processing of un-integrated traumatic information, where dissociation, cognitive avoidance or flashbacks occur within the context of treatment, creating a barrier to habituation from traumatic information. [Two statistical charts which accompanied this abstract in the Conference Program entry have not been included here.]

Keywords: Attenuation  Case Study  Imagined Exposure  Mindfulness  Poster  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

316. Sun, T.-F.; Wu, C.-K.; Chiu, N.-M. (2004年，6月). Mindfulness meditation training combined with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in psychotherapy of an elderly patient. Chang Gung Medical Journal, 27(6), 464-469.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
We present our experiences with an elderly patient with depression that was attributed to a surge of physical ailments who also had trauma-derived fear of having to undergo a tracheotomy. He refused pharmacotherapy and was offered intensive training in Mindfulness Meditation (MM) plus Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy during the 2 weeks of hospitalization. This treatment combination had not been used previously. We suggest that EMDR eliminated his fear of surgery, whereas MM relieved his depression and attendant anxiety. However, the two techniques appeared to work synergistically. Following his discharge, he continued to practice MM, which prevented the recurrence of emotional distress, and even helped to reduce its causative physical symptoms. We offer an explanation for the success of our combined treatments and discuss the potential usefulness in specific psychotherapeutic situations. We also propose a place for MM within general geriatric care, and point out the reluctance to consider the therapeutic value of meditation. (Chang Gung Med J 2004;27:464-9) Key words:

Keywords: Case Report  Depression  Geriatrics  Meditation  Mindfulness  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

317. Radke, M. (2004, September). Mindfulness meets EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma interferes with living in the present moment; mindfulness expands awareness of the present. It is a helpful adjunct to therapy by increasing the client's dual focus of the "observing self' while processing past material. This workshop will apply mindfulness to EMDR protocol in these specific areas: safe place, resource accessing and installing, feedback of present beliefs, feelings and sensation, looping and cognitive interweaves. Bilaterally stimulated relaxation exercises will be offered to enhance mindfulness. It will also be used to bracket and contain unfinished material as well as aid between-session integration.

Keywords: Mindfulness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

318. van der Kolk, B. A., Kornfield, J., Siegel, D., & Shapiro, F. (2009, December). Mindfulness, trauma, healing and the spirit. Panel discussion at the 6th Evolution of Psychotherapy Conference, Anaheim, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Healing  Mindfulness  Panel  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

319. Fisher, J. A. (2008, June). Minding the body: Somatic interventions for enhancing EMDR effectiveness. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of EMDR is often complicated with traumatized clients who cannot modulate arousal, stay present rather than dissociating, tolerate positive or negative affect, or differentiate past and present. Beset with an array of baffling, intense symptoms that “tell the story” without words, they become uncertain both of what happened and how they endured it. To make sense of the sensations and overwhelming emotions, clients rely upon trauma-related cognitive schemas to interpret their experience: “I am still not safe,” “I am a marked woman,” “I am worthless and unlovable.” These cognitive schemas often increase the bodily dysregulation, resulting in looping or inability to fully process and integrate the traumatic events. With such clients, the use of body-centred techniques in preparation for or during EMDR processing can help to increase affect and autonomic tolerance, strengthen both somatic and psychological resources, and increase EMDR effectiveness by facilitating optimal levels of autonomic arousal, which is neither too high nor too low, however is necessary for successful desensitization and integration. This workshop will introduce a number of interventions for working with traumatically encoded somatic experience derived from Sensorimotor Psychotherapy, a bodycentred talking therapy for trauma developed by Pat Ogden, Ph.D. that addresses the non-verbal, autonomic components of PTSD by using the body both as a source of information and a reservoir of resources. Sensorimotor Psychotherapy offers simple body-oriented interventions for tracking, naming, and safely exploring trauma-related experience, modulating a dysregulated autonomic nervous system, creating new resources and competencies, and restoring a somatic sense of self. Sensorimotor Psychotherapy can be easily integrated into EMDR treatments, used during stabilization to prepare clients for more effective EMDR processing, during processing to ensure effective and complete desensitization, or to enhance installation of positive cognitions and facilitate integration.

Keywords: Somatic Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

320. Paterson, M. (2008, June). Moderating malevolent alters with ego state therapy in the preparation phase of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma often results in the formation of ego states, also known as alters or parts. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. It is necessary for clients to remain safe during EMDR sessions and contained between sessions. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work with more difficult clients so they too can benefit from EMDR. This presentation provides an overview of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR. It demonstrates how to access ego states in a controlled way and goes on to show a video of a live case where EST is used effectively to moderate the malevolence displayed by a difficult ego state. In this case example, the client went on to experience the standard 8 Phases of EMDR.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

321. Marich, J. (2010, April/May). Musical interweaves in EMDR treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Spatial intelligence is emphasized in traditional EMDR protocols and instructional methods when focus is placed on imagery. Bodily-kinesthetic intelligence is honoured when body cues are addressed. However, individuals with primary musical or sonic intelligences are not optimally attended to with orthodox application of well-accepted EMDR strategies. Without making any changes to the stages of the Shapiro protocol, musical interventions can be implemented into EMDR treatment to amplify the holistic design of EMDR and to optimally serve those who struggle with spatial intelligence. In this workshop, participants will learn how to utilize music in resource development and EMDR preparation, to apply music as an appropriate “cognitive interweave” when processing is not flowing optimally, and to consider the impact that music can have on EMDR treatment. The presenter will implement a combination of lecture, participation activities, and case discussion to achieve learning objectives.

Keywords: Musical Interweave  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

322. Gersons, B., Schnyder, U., Rothbaum, B., & McFarlane, A. (2006, November). The need for new directions in psychotherapy for PTSD. Panel presentation at the 22nd annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies Fall Conference, Hollywood, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The trauma field can be proud of having evidence-based effective psychotherapy protocols for PTSD. Especially CBT and EMDR have been recognized as first choice treatments (NICE Guidelines 2005). However, having these protocols available new questions that need to be answered are emerging. There is no large scale evidence yet on phase 4 implementation showing its effectiveness. Too many patients drop out of treatment. Many patients suffer from comorbid conditions. The question on how research outcomes on the biology of PTSD should be translated into different psychotherapeutic approaches is a rather new one. Especially, is habituation still the correct fundament of exposure in PTSD, or should it be replaced by the concept of extinction? A third question is the mixed feeling in many societies about the concept of PTSD and it´s consequences in the need for treatment. Especially after disasters, but also after domestic violence, treatment can be seen as the avoidance of society to punish the responsible ones or to ask for material compensation. These questions will lead to find new directions for the psychotherapy protocols, for the combination with biological routes of intervention and for the societal acceptance of treatment for PTSD.

Keywords: CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Panel  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

323. Zangwill, W. M., & Kosminsky, P. (2002, December). The need to strengthen the mindfulness component of EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 7(4), 4-5.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Since we began using it in our work (12 and 5 years ago, respectively) we have found EMDR to be the most powerful and effective form of therapy we have ever used. Most of our EMDR work has ir~volvedh ealing the wounds caused by past traumas and hurts, and helping to weaken clients' underlying maladaptive schemas. For the past few years, however, we have become increasingly aware of the need to put greater emphasis on another aspect of EMDR -that of Mindfulness.

Keywords: Meditation  Mindfulness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

324. Forgash, C. (2008, June). The negative impact of complex PTSD on health: An EMDR/ego state treatment plan. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this workshop, EMDR and Ego state integrated treatment will be presented as a clinical model for dealing with current life and health problems which the presence of dissociation and PTSD exacerbates for complex trauma survivors (CTS). There are intertwined problems that are made more complex by the presence of dissociative disorders in adult CTS. First: there are negative sequelae of childhood abuse on the physical and mental health of adult CTS. Second, there are specific health problems predominant in this population which often are untreated, misdiagnosed and ignored by physicians and EMDR therapists. Third: CTS have difficulties addressing their health needs, accessing health care, and functioning effectively as health care consumers. Preventative care and good health care may be minimal for this population. This presentation will focus on the development of an EMDR treatment plan to successfully work with dissociative and PTSD disorders prevalent in these patients. Specialized Ego State techniques will be introduced in each phase of EMDR treatment to help the patient stabilize: manage triggers and avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting; effectively deal with avoidance, freeze, hyperarousal and numbing; desensitize and reprocess earlier traumatic events which are at the root of these problems, (these may include iatrogenic events and specific physical problems seemingly related to current health problems, which actually result from early trauma); and become assertive health consumers. Skills development needed by the CTS to become empowered and competent health consumers, such as rehearsal, identifying problems, planning visits etc will also be included in the plan. [This slide presentation has a two page "References" bibliograhy issued separately.(PDF 6065)]

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

325. Herbert, C. (2005, June). Neither good nor bad, just perfect as you are!  Facilitating emergence of the self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with traumatic childhood experiences and subsequent diagnoses of Personality Disorder, hold self-identities that may have had adaptive, survival enhancing functions during their upbringing, but may now be hindering and even damaging. As babies their needs for secure attachment and nurturing may have been compromised and as children they may not have experienced unconditional love and acceptance of themselves. As adults, they may carry internalized self-images about either being intrinsically 'bad' or having to be especially 'good' in order to be accepted, valued and loved by others. Subsequently, their Behaviour and their relationships with others are determined by a distorted view of themselves, often causing them to lead lives that involve great compromise and further suffering. They may struggle with their capacity to regulate affect (Siegel, 1999: Shore, 1994, 1996). experiencing little self-control over their various fluctuating mood states. The aim of this workshop is to introduce clinical techniques, involving the interweave between EMDR and Schema-focused, cognitive approaches, which help clients build a more secure and 6nctionally positive sense of Self with healthy mechanisms of affect regulation. Based on current research, clinical practice and Herbert's (2002, 2003) therapeutic framework for working with complex trauma, this workshop will focus especially on two therapeutic ingredients for this work. One is the quality of the therapeutic relationship as a necessary transitory phase for healthy dependency in the client and the second is 'inner child' work as a method to help clients modify and re-script their distorted images of self and repair ruptures in their attachment relationships.

Keywords: Emergence of Self  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

326. Pagani, M., DiLorenzo, G., Verardo, A. R., Nicolais, G., Monaco, L., Lauretti, G., Russo, R., Niolu, C., Ammaniti, M. Fernandex, I., & Siracusano, A. (2012). Neurobiological correlates of EMDR monitoring - an EEG study. PLoS ONE, 7(9), 1-12. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0045753.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Background: Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a recognized first-line treatment for psychological trauma. However its neurobiological bases have yet to be fully disclosed. Methods: Electroencephalography (EEG) was used to fully monitor neuronal activation throughout EMDR sessions including the autobiographical script. Ten patients with major psychological trauma were investigated during their first EMDR session (T0) and during the last one performed after processing the index trauma (T1). Neuropsychological tests were administered at the same time. Comparisons were performed between EEGs of patients at T0 and T1 and between EEGs of patients and 10 controls who underwent the same EMDR procedure at T0. Connectivity analyses were carried out by lagged phase synchronization. RESULTS: During bilateral ocular stimulation (BS) of EMDR sessions EEG showed a significantly higher activity on the orbito-frontal, prefrontal and anterior cingulate cortex in patients at T0 shifting towards left temporo-occipital regions at T1. A similar trend was found for autobiographical script with a higher firing in fronto-temporal limbic regions at T0 moving to right temporo-occipital cortex at T1. The comparisons between patients and controls confirmed the maximal activation in the limbic cortex of patients occurring before trauma processing. Connectivity analysis showed decreased pair-wise interactions between prefrontal and cingulate cortex during BS in patients as compared to controls and between fusiform gyrus and visual cortex during script listening in patients at T1 as compared to T0. These changes correlated significantly with those occurring in neuropsychological tests. Conclusion: The ground-breaking methodology enabled our study to image for the first time the specific activations associated with the therapeutic actions typical of EMDR protocol. The findings suggest that traumatic events are processed at cognitive level following successful EMDR therapy, thus supporting the evidence of distinct neurobiological patterns of brain activations during BS associated with a significant relief from negative emotional experiences.

Keywords: EEG Study  Neurobiological Correlates  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

327. Lanius, U. (2008, September). The neurobiology of dissociation: Current findings and treatment approaches. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Current research in neuroscience and the neurobiology of dissociation is discussed and its connection to a wide variety of traumatic stress syndromes and attachment related disorders. Dissociation is a normal and adaptive response to overwhelming experience. At the same time, dissociative symptoms interfere with mindfulness and the continuity of self. Moreover, information processing becomes compromised or shut down, thus barring the integration and resolution of the traumatic experience. Thus, dissociation interferes with effective psychotherapeutic intervention. Therefore, addressing dissociative symptoms is essential for positive treatment outcomes. A neurobiological model is described that guides therapeutic interventions and integrates diverse approaches that include not only EMDR, but also mindfulness, body therapy approaches, ego-state interventions, sensory integration, as well as neurobiologically based interventions. Participants will become familiar with interventions that reduce dissociative symptoms, as well as when and how to use them to maximize treatment effects.

Keywords: Dissociation  Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

328. Bergmann, U. (2006, September). The neurobiology of EMDR: Thalamic, cerebellar and pontine/REM processes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clinical case reports and a growing body of controlled research suggest that EMDR is equally and perhaps more efficacious when cross-compared with other methods in treating Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. However, as EMDR was originally an empirically driven method, there has persisted a need for a more defined theoretical model, further scientific validation, and a neurobiological understanding of EMDR's reported robust effects. The possibility that EMDR can effectuate change on a neurobiological level has fueled speculation as to the neural-mechanisms that might underlie EMDR's effects. Brain scans and QEEG's are beginning to shed light on the alterations of brain function that EMDR appears to yield. This presentation will synthesize the existing research with theoretical speculation correlated with Francine Shapiro's model of the Adaptive Information Processing System. Specific attention will be given to recent empirical findings involving the thalamus in information processing and memory integration. This material will be integrated with previously posited theories regarding the cerebellum's involvement in many aspects of information processing and activation processes of the left prefrontal areas and EMDR's activation of the neurophysiology of REM-sleep systems. A neurobiological definition of EMDR serve to further legitimize its usage. It can also potentially enlighten our practice by informing preparation, resourcing and target selection strategies.

Keywords: Cerebellum  Neurobiology  Thalamus  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

329. Litt, B. (2009, August). Node isolation theory: The eye-zone differential technique. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with complex PTSD, dissociation, and attachment issues are easily hyper – or hypo-aroused and may dissociate or abreact. Moreover, many clients report complex or “undifferentiated” responses to targets, including multiple affects and negative cognitions, confusion, or ego-state conflict in which processing loops, is blocked, or is inefficient. Possibly, multiple nodes are being activated in the setup phase simultaneously. The proposed remedy is to isolate the node at the epicenter of the target trauma for a more focused desensitization experience. A series of “Node Isolation Strategies” are described that lead to safe, efficient processing of difficult material, while maintaining inter-session stability.

Keywords: Eye-Zone Differential Technique  Node Isolation Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

330. Grenough, M. (2012, October). OASIS in the overwhelm: Affect management/stabilization with diverse cultures. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This highly participatory workshop will teach four 60-second strategies that can be learned quickly by clinicians and used immediately with clients. The presenter has used these strategies over ten years at an urban Hispanic Clinic, and with children and adults of diverse cultural, economic, educational, and national backgrounds. Because the strategies focus on active physical involvement, they quickly help clients to identify and manage personal sensations and emotions (Phase 2-Preparation), pave the way for clearer gut understanding of (Phase 3) negative and positive cognition’s as well as “Where do you feel it in your body?” and (Phase 6) Body Scan.

Keywords: Affect Management  Stabilization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

331. Shillington, P. (2001, October 4). On post-traumatic stress. Miami, FL: The Miami Herald, Final, Living, 3E.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
The treatment I use is EMDR, a technique developed by California psychologist Francine Shapiro that has shown to be successful treating post-traumatic stress. The technique is designed to process traumatic memory by mimicking the way people generally process thoughts into memory, during the Rapid Eye Movement (REM) phase of sleep. You can put patients into rapid-eye movement in several ways, including having them move their eyes back and forth as if following the ball in a tennis match, or tapping their hands. They concentrate on the troubling images in their mind or repeat `I feel horror,' for example, and the brain can then begin to process it. I work with children with nightmares or fears and they usually go away fast. Even if you don't understand it, EMDR can still work.

Keywords: General  Miami  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

332. Jaspers, J. (2011, March). Over behandeleffectiviteit en verandermechanismen [About treatment effectiveness and change mechanisms]. Psychologie & Gezondheid, 39(1), 3-4. doi:10.1007/s12483-011-0001-0.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract: In het vorige nummer van Psychologie & Gezondheid schreef Remco Havermans een kritische forumbijdrage over mindfulness. Zijn stelling, dat de werkzaamheid van mindfulnessmeditatie nog onvoldoende is aangetoond om de toepassing ervan in de gezondheidszorg te rechtvaardigen, wordt in dit nummer beargumenteerd tegengesproken door Maya Schroevers en haar collega’s en door Ivan Nyklíček. Zijmenen dat het effectonderzoek naar mindfulness weliswaar nog uitgebreider en beter kan, maar dat het onderzoek tot nu toe voldoende evidentie heeft opgeleverd om toepassing te rechtvaardigen. Nyklíčekmerkt hierbij op dat in de psychologie een nieuwe therapie meestal eerst in de klinische praktijk jarenlang wordt toegepast voordat wetenschappelijk deugdelijk wordt onderzocht of de therapie wel werkt. Havermans blijkt verre van overtuigd en fileert de aangedragen evidentie genadeloos. Deze interessante discussie roept de vraag op wanneer we een behandeling evidence based mogen noemen. Het standpunt dat hiervan pas sprake kan zijn als gecontroleerd onderzoek de effectiviteit van de behandeling heeft aangetoond, zal door de meeste vakgenoten worden onderschreven. Maar wat is ‘gecontroleerd onderzoek’? Volstaat een wachtlijstcontrolegroep of moet de (nieuwe) behandeling worden vergeleken met andere actieve interventies, waarvan al eerder de effectiviteit is aangetoond? Ook de relatie tussen praktijk en theorie is interessant. Afgezien van de vraag of de opmerking van Nyklíček nog steeds hout snijdt in deze tijd van evidence based interventies, is het wel verantwoord om op grote schaal een nieuwe psychologische interventie toe te passen als de effectiviteit of specifieke werkzaamheid nog niet is aangetoond? Havermans meent dat men een nieuwe gedragstherapeutische interventie ontwikkelt op basis van veelbelovende klinische observaties en gedragswetenschap, met andere woorden er moet ook een theoretische onderbouwing van de interventie zijn. Voor dit laatste is inderdaad veel te zeggen, maar de geschiedenis leert dat de theorieën die aanvankelijk als verklaring voor de werkzaamheid van de interventie werden geformuleerd, meestal bij nader inzien de toets van de wetenschappelijke kritiek niet konden doorstaan. Onderzoek in de traditie van de experimentele psychopathologie (Jansen, Van den Hout & Merckelbach, 2010) heeft al heel wat reinigend werk verricht op theoretisch gebied. Op de keper beschouwd is van heel wat evidence based interventies aangetoond dat deze effectief zijn, maar hoe deze werken is veelal nog onduidelijk of voor de theoretische onderbouwing ervan is nog onvoldoende steun gevonden. Het laatste Najaarscongres van de Vereniging voor Gedragstherapie en Cognitieve Therapie (VGCT) had als thema ‘Change. Verandermechanismen en cognitieve gedragstherapie’. Tijdens het congres werd duidelijk dat over de verandermechanismen van evidence based interventies nog veel onduidelijkheid bestaat en dat het onderzoek hiernaar soms verrassende resultaten laat zien (Jaspers, 2011). Het is bepaald niet alleen EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), waarover de theoretische inzichten zijn veranderd, ook al bestaat over de werkzaamheid van de interventie geen twijfel. In het volgend nummer van Psychologie & Gezondheid leest u hier meer over. In dit nummer vindt u nog een forumbijdrage, waarin de spreekwoordelijke knuppel in het hoenderhok wordt gegooid. De prikkelende titel ‘Huidige behandeling depressie is weggegooid geld’ nodigt op zijn minst uit tot lezing. Hoezo weggegooid geld? Als er een probleem is waarvoor evidence based behandelingen bestaan, is het immers depressie. Kok en collega’s laten echter zien dat ondanks de enorme bedragen die jaarlijks in Nederland worden uitgegeven aan de behandeling van depressie, in de huidige financiering van de gezondheidszorg nog onvoldoende rekening wordt gehouden met het hoge risico op terugval bij depressie. Het door velen, om uiteenlopende redenen verfoeide DBC-systeem (Diagnose Behandel Combinatie) ontmoedigt om langdurig met behandelingen door te gaan. Bestaande effectieve interventies om het risico op terugval te verminderen worden nauwelijks toegepast, terwijl deze bij de behandeling van een vaak chronische aandoening als depressie uitdrukkelijk zijn aangewezen. Hiermee wijzen de auteurs impliciet op een belangrijke tekortkoming van het bestaande effectonderzoek: het gebrek aan evaluatie van de langetermijneffecten van de onderzochte interventie. Ook voor psychologische interventies bij depressie is duidelijk dat deze werkzaam zijn. En al geldt ook voor depressie dat we nog lang niet weten wat de specifieke werkingsmechanismen zijn (hoe deze werken), de noodzaak van implementatie van evidence based interventies om terugval te vermijden of uit te stellen kan niet genoeg worden benadrukt. Het recidiverend karakter maakt depressie immers tot een aandoening met zowel hoge maatschappelijke kosten als een zeer hoge ziektelast, lijdensdruk en risico op suïcide.

In the previous issue of Psychology & Health Havermans Jim wrote a critical forum posting about mindfulness. His thesis, that the efficacy of mindfulness meditation is insufficient evidence to its application in health care to justify, this issue argued contradicted by Schroevers Maya and her colleagues and by Ivan Nyklicek. Zijmenen mindful that the impact study, while still more extensive and better, but that the investigation so far has yielded enough evidence to justify the application. Nyklíčekmerkt in psychology here that a new therapy in clinical practice usually first applied for years before being properly scientifically investigated whether the therapy works. Havermans appears far from convinced the fillets and put forward evidence mercilessly. This interesting discussion raises the question if we may call evidence-based treatment. The view that this only if there can be controlled study the efficacy of treatment has shown, most colleagues will be endorsed. But what is 'controlled study'? Is a waiting list control group or to the (new) treatment are compared with other active interventions whose effectiveness has already been demonstrated? The relationship between practice and theory is interesting. Apart from the question whether the remark Nyklicek still holds water in this era of evidence-based interventions, it is widely recognized for a new psychological intervention should be as specific activity or effectiveness is not proven? Havermans believes that a new behavioral intervention developed on the basis of promising clinical observations and behavioral science, in other words, there is also a theoretical justification for the intervention. For the latter is indeed much to say, but history shows that the theories initially as an explanation for the efficacy of the intervention were formulated, mostly on closer inspection the test of scientific criticism could not stand. Research in the tradition of experimental psychopathology (Jansen, Van den Hout & Merckelbach, 2010) has a lot of work cleaning the theoretical field. On closer examination of many evidence-based interventions shown to be effective, but how they work is often unclear whether the theoretical substantiation is found insufficient support. The last Autumn Congress of the Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapy (VGCt)'s theme was "Change. Change mechanisms and cognitive behavioral therapy. During the conference it became clear that the change mechanisms of evidence-based interventions much uncertainty and that the research on this surprising results show (Jaspers, 2011). It provides not only EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing), which the theoretical views have changed, even as to the efficacy of the intervention no doubt. In the next issue of Psychology & Health You can read more about. In this issue you will find a forum posting where the proverbial cat among the pigeons thrown. The provocative title "Current treatment depression is a waste of money 'invites at least into reading. Why wasted? If there is a problem for which evidence-based treatments exist, it is indeed depression. Cook and colleagues reveal that despite the enormous sums spent each year in the Netherlands for the treatment of depression in the current financing of health care is still insufficiently taken into account the high risk of relapse in depression. By many, for various reasons detested system DBC (Diagnosis Treatment Combination) discourages long-term treatments to continue. Existing effective interventions to reduce the risk of relapse are rarely used, while in the treatment of a chronic condition such as depression often explicitly designated. This, the authors implied a major weakness in the current outcome research: the lack of evaluation of the long-term effects of the tested intervention. For psychological interventions for depression is clear that this work. And already includes a long depression that we do not know the specific mechanisms of action (how they work), the necessity of implementation of evidence-based interventions to prevent relapse or delay can not be overstated. The recurrent nature makes depression after a disease with both high social cost as a very high disease burden, distress and risk of suicide.

Keywords: Change Mechanisms  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

333. Lipke, H. (2011, August). An overview of EMDR. Author.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a method of psychotherapy developed by psychologist Francine Shapiro as a treatment for psychological distress associated with trauma, when she chanced to notice a connection between a decrease in her own emotional distress over a personal concern after having spontaneously moved her eyes back and forth. Integrating her eye movement (em) observation with aspects of, at least, imaginal exposure, cognitive therapy, psychodynamic therapy, and mindfulness teachings, and adding an early positive psychology idea, Shapiro developed a treatment, which she informally tested. Shapiro (1989a) first systematically tested her work in a wait list control study of 21 subjects recruited from local mental health centers, including a DVA veteran readjustment center. Remarkably, all of her first 21 subjects showed profound single session desensitization effects. In addition, Shapiro (1989b) published a case study in a journal edited by Joseph Wolpe, an originator of behavior therapy, in which Wolpe, in an editorial footnote, endorsed Shapiro’s rapid effects from his own informal replication. [Excerpt]

Keywords: General  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

334. Myers, H., & McTaggart, J. (2011, March). An overview of using EMDR positive resource development with children and adolescents. Symposium conducted at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is an effective and principled intervention to help people with the impact of trauma. It also offers powerful resource development approaches. These are useful as preparation work in processing trauma, but also valuable interventions in themselves. This can be very helpful when circumstances preclude doing trauma work, or when only brief interventions are possible. Positive installations and resource development are also apt for use with children and young people, addressing real world functioning in what is often an enjoyable and rewarding way. Many resource development approaches are well known, and have been used in both standard and novel ways by practitioners. Others have been developed by individual practitioners, and also their clients. Often, therefore, there are good methods that could be more widely known. This workshop presents an account of both standard and non-standard resource development techniques, with an opportunity for participants to present their own good practice and share knowledge. There will also be a discussion of resource development within the EMDR protocol, as part of a principled model for this kind of work., but with a practical view as to how resource development can make trauma processing both easier and more effective. This paper gives an overview of using RID with children. We will look at a whole range of RID’s- common ones and some non-standard, innovative ones. With the participants we will look at purposes, pitfalls, the extent to which any can be safely ‘given away’, and any experiences of using these in groups. To our knowledge, the field has not been drawn together in this way, and we hope through a mixture of presentation and discussion to begin to share our experiences, and develop peoples’ confidence in extending their repertoire.

Keywords: Resource Development  RID  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

335. Flu, B. R. L. (2012). P-267 - Tap, tap tap the usefulllness of EMDR on kids on the autism spectrum. European Psychiatry, 27(Supplement 1), 1. doi:10.1016/S0924-9338(12)74434-6.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR, Eye movement Reprocessing and Desensitisation is an amalgamated psychotherapy and brain activation intervention. This hyper-focussed therapy has shown its value beyond the treatment of trauma i.e. in a large number of mental health issues and developmental disorders. In autism this method requires some adaptations as described below. Aim: To give an introductory of EMDR in autism children. Objective: To establish the usefulness of this treatment. Methods: The general method is after establishing a baseline of disturbance to work through the touchstone event or focus of the trauma/feared situation from image, feelings, self-judgment and bodily feelings. The preparation also consists of exploring the ability to work with imagery and understanding of feelings. Imagery is tailored to their special interest and at time bodily sensations and feelings are worked on together when no differentiation of these experiences exist 18 cases of the age of 9– 16 underwent the method. 11 had generalised but extreme anxiety issues, 5 had experienced bullying, 4 had aggression regulation problems, 1 had obsessive compulsive disorder, 1 had a spider phobia, one had a developing eating disorder. The level of disturbance went down in all cases. One relapsed. Three needed visual augmentation for the visualisation. Three could not bear physical contact and therefore required self-tapping. 12 cases needed only one session for the focussed treatment. 9 displayed continual improvement over the next 4 weeks and 5 were treated further under conventional therapy. Conclusion: EMDR is a valuable therapy in autism children but requires specific modification.

Keywords: Autism Spectrum  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

336. Kahn, D. (2008, November). PAA: Positive affect activation, addition to/modification of phase 6 of the standard EMDR protocol. Israel EMDR. Retrieved from http://www.emdr.org.il/dls/eyes2body.swf on 8/12/2010.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
It is suggested that when we receive a clean body scan, before we continue on to closure, we elicit positive affect and body activation that may currently be associated with the target and install with BLS. Following this we would return to the standard protocol with closure. The rationale for this is presented along with the introduction of an additional scale of SUPAs – Subjective Units of Positive Activation.

Keywords: PAA  Positive Affect Activation  Shock Wave Flash  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

337. Nickeson, C. (2002, June). Panic disorder and physiology phobia:  EMDR treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Panic disorder can be viewed as a phobic fear of the body's physical sensations. It results from conditioning by the traumatic experience of having panic attacks. Conceptualizing panic disorder in this way provides a powerful way to structure treatment with EMDR since EMDR is clearly effective with trauma resolution. This workshop will describe how the preparation phase is especially important and, must be expanded in order for reprocessing to be successful. Participants will also learn how to select appropriate targets for the desensitization phase, how to identify suitable negative cognitions and positive cognitions, and how to employ cognitive interweave when needed. A videotape illustrating an important part of a client's work will be shown.

Keywords: Panic Disorder  Phobia  Physiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

338. Foster, S., & Lendl, L. (2002, March). Peak performance EMDR: Adapting trauma treatment to positive psychology outcomes and self-actualization. EMDRIA Newsletter, 7(1), 4-7.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
An expansion of the basic EMDR protocol (Lendl & Foster, 1997) has been developed for enhancing performance in the workplace, to aid in the reduction of performance anxiety experienced by creative and performing artists, and for competition preparation and psychological recovery from injury in athletes. The authors, in their Silicon Valley practices, often witnessed the upsetting, even traumatic effect that layoffs and competitive pressures could have on employees in corporate workplaces. They likewise observed the adverse impact that ‘stage fright’ and audition anxiety could have on actors, dancers, and musicians, as well as the emotionally bruising experience for an athlete who loses a crucial competition. Reasoning that a trauma method such as EMDR could be applied to procrastination, fear of failure, and the reprocessing of actual setbacks, the EMDR Peak Performance protocol was created (Lendl & Foster, 1997).

Keywords: Peak Performance  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

339. Foster, S., & Lendl, J. (2001). Peak performance EMDR: Adapting trauma treatment to positive psychology outcomes and self-actualization. Portale Italiano de Psicotraumatologia e Psciopteri.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
An expansion of the basic EMDR protocol (Lendl & Foster, 1997) has been developed for enhancing performance in the workplace, to aid in the reduction of performance anxiety experienced by creative and performing artists, and for competition preparation and psychological recovery from injury in athletes. The authors, in their Silicon Valley practices, often witnessed the upsetting, even traumatic effect that layoffs and competitive pressures could have on employees in corporate workplaces. They likewise observed the adverse impact that ‘stage fright’ and audition anxiety could have on actors, dancers, and musicians, as well as the emotionally bruising experience for an athlete who loses a crucial competition. Reasoning that a trauma method such as EMDR could be applied to procrastination, fear of failure, and the reprocessing of actual setbacks, the EMDR Peak Performance protocol was created (Lendl & Foster, 1997).

Keywords: Peak Performance  Performance Enhancement  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

340. Greenwald, R. (2006, May). The peanut butter and jelly problem:  In search of a better EMDR training model. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net on 12/18/2008.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
The evolution of EMDR training is presented through the lens of the author’s personal experience. Current issues and concerns about EMDR training practices and outcomes are highlighted, particularly regarding trainees’ high dropout rate, inadequate case conceptualization and client preparation, and infrequent, inappropriate, or incorrect use of EMDR. Tentative solutions are proposed, along with a call for data to be gathered on outcomes of the various training approaches, to guide future policy re EMDR training models.[Author abstract]

Keywords: Training Model  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

341. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2011, June). Personality disorders and EMDR [Persönlichkeitsstörungen und EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Patients with personality disorders have many difficulties in their daily functioning; many have histories of traumatic events and insecure attachment. In this workshop we will focus on cluster B personality disorders, and especially on borderlines. We will try to explain the interrelation of the DSM criteria (how they “feed” on each other) and how they are fed on these early events. To understand these aspects is basic for an adequate case-conceptualization in Phase 1. Early relational trauma impacts the developmental trajectory of the future adult and this will have a deep effect on how this adult relates to others. People with personality disorders and complex trauma have many difficulties when it comes to relating to others. One of the aspects that makes personality disorders difficult to manage is the intense emotional reactions that arise in the therapist during EMDR sessions. The management of relational difficulties is a core aspect in the treatment of personality disorders, and the solid basis where EMDR should develop. The stabilization phase has been remarked as essential prior to trauma work with EMDR. But being true this assumption, two aspects need further development. The first is to establish when a patient is ready for trauma processing since frequently the stabilization phase is unnecessarily prolonged by therapists who don´t feel secure enough working with EMDR in this clinic group. The second is the development of specific interventions from EMDR, and not just the “importation” of foreign techniques, without an adequate theoretical framework. In this workshop we will go deeper into this topic. Trauma processing in personality disorders implies many specificities that we should have in mind. Knowing these specific aspects, trauma processing with EMDR can be safely implemented in these patients. Borderline patients can get better with different therapies but only EMDR is able to get to symptoms such as “emptiness”. The effect of EMDR therapy is evident in clinic experience, even when specific research is still under development. Learning objectives: One interesting aspect of this workshop is the integration of theoretical exposition and the presentation of videos cases, in order to understand how to manage relational problems with this clinical group (a group with important patient-therapist relationship problems) and specific aspects of EMDR therapy in these patients. The general structure of EMDR therapy in personality disorders, interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma EMDR work will be showed and explained.

Keywords: Personality Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

342. Marcus, S. V. (2008). Phase 1 of integrated EMDR: An abortive treatment for migraine headaches. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(1), 15-25. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.1.15.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Forty-three individuals diagnosed with classic or common migraine headache were randomly assigned to either phase 1 of integrated eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) treatment or a standard care medication treatment. Integrated EMDR combines diaphragmatic breathing, cranial compression, and EMDR for abortive migraine treatment. The comparison standard care medication group received various abortive medications, including Demerol, DHE, oral triptans, Excedrin, Fiorinal, Percocet, Toradol, and Vicodin. Participants were treated during mid- to late-stage acute migraine and assessed by an independent evaluator at pretreatment, posttreatment, 24 hours, 48 hours, and 7 days for migraine pain level. Both standard care medication and integrated EMDR treatment groups demonstrated reduced migraine pain levels immediately at posttreatment, 24 hours, 48 hours, and 7 days. However, integrated EMDR treatment reduced or eliminated migraine pain with greater rapidity and showed signifi cantly greater improvement compared to standard care medication immediately posttreatment. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Headache Treatment  Medication  Migraine Headache  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

343. Gerge, A. (2008, April). Phase I Preparations of severely traumatized women for exposure by extended EMDR-protocols in phase II treatment. Presentation at the 1st Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation offers a description of an integrative approach of group treatment within phase I treatment leaning on psychodynamic theory, a clear psycho-educative approach that uses methods as hypnosis/relaxation training/mindfulness training, aims for enhanced relational capacity and self-regulation by using hypnotic techniques aiming at enhanced containment capacity (Brown & Fromm, 1986; Kluft, 1993, 1999; Phillips & Fredericks 1995; Chu 1998; Cardeña et al., 2000). The treatment aims at enhanced capacity to mentalize, i.e., using the reflective functions in self-organization (Fonagy, 1997). This is considered to offer the participants an enhanced ”self soothing capacity” (Krystal 1988a,1988b), i. e., the capacity to calm and soothe the self by enhanced self regulation and capacity to rest, by helping the participants to reach experiential states where they can contain their own reactions, as well as offering training in order to tolerate and understand the signals of the body, i. e. the “felt sense” (Gendlin, 1978; Ogden, Minton, & Pain 2006). The trauma therapy within phase II-work by extended EMDRprotocols is exemplified with special focus on the restoration of the capacity for adequate self-care as well as care-giving functions. Learning Objectives: 1. To show how an integrative group treatment in phase I treatment can be used in trauma therapy for stabilization with patients with complex PTSD and high levels of dissociation (psychoform and/or somatoform co-morbidity). 2. Exemplify trauma-therapy within phase II work by extended EMDR-protocols addressing the special needs of continuous reinforcement of stabilization for the same population. 3. Focus on restoration of the capacity for adequate self-care as well as care giving functions.

Keywords: Trauma  Women  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

344. Potter, A., & Wesselmann, D. (2009, August). Phase-based trauma treatment of adults with problems of trauma and attachment: DBT and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as well as other complex psychiatric issues, have significant skill deficits in the area of emotion regulation and attachments. Phase-based trauma treatment (DBT followed by EMDR) assists clients in developing adequate emotion regulation skills and developing healthy interpersonal relationships during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to trauma processing. This presentation offers rationale and instruction for phase-based treatment with complex client populations. Case and video examples and the results of a small pilot project are utilized to illustrate topics presented.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy    

Accuracy Verified: Yes

345. Potter, A. E. (2005, September). Phase-based trauma treatment:  EMDR and DBT or STAIR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as well as complex issues, such as substance abuse/ addiction, personality disorders, chronic and/or severe mental illness often have significant skill deficits in the area of emotion regulation. This presentation will explain the concepts of emotion regulation and dysregulation and the behavioral manifestations of emotion dysregulation. Clients' difficulty in regulating emotion can interfere with their ability to process traumatic memories with a minimum of re-traumatization and relapse in or a worsening of symptoms. Phase-based trauma treatment was conceptualized to assist clients in developing adequate emotion regulation skills during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to trauma processing. This presentation will offer rationale for phase-based treatment with certain client populations. This presentation will show how sessions of trauma processing with EMDR can be integrated into the second level of phase-based trauma treatment, replacing the utilization of exposure therapy for trauma processing. Additionally, this presentation will establish how skills learned in the initial phase of trauma treatment can be employed during EMDR positive resource development and as cognitive interweaves during EMDR trauma processing. Case and videotape examples will be utilized throughout the presentation to illustrate topics presented in lecture and discussion.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy  Stair  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

346. Potter, A. E. (2006, September). Phase-based trauma treatment:  EMDR and DBT or STAIR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients who have experienced traumatic events, as well as complex issues, such as substance abuse/ addiction, personality disorders, chronic and/or severe mental illness often have significant skill deficits in the area of emotion regulation. This presentation will explain the concepts of emotion regulation and dysregulation and the behavioral manifestations of emotion dysregulation. Clients' difficulty in regulating emotion can interfere with their ability to process traumatic memories with a minimum of re-traumatization and relapse in or a worsening of symptoms. Phase-based trauma treatment was conceptualized to assist clients in developing adequate emotion regulation skills during a preliminary phase of therapy prior to trauma processing. This presentation will offer rationale for phase-based treatment with certain client populations. This presentation will show how sessions of trauma processing with EMDR can be integrated into the second level of phase-based trauma treatment, replacing the utilization of exposure therapy for trauma processing. Additionally, this presentation will establish how skills learned in the initial phase of trauma treatment can be employed during EMDR positive resource development and as cognitive interweaves during EMDR trauma processing. Case and videotape examples will be utilized throughout the presentation to illustrate topics presented in lecture and discussion.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy  Stair  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

347. Kim, D., Choi, J., Kim, S. H., Oh, D. H., Park, S.C., Lee, S. H. (2010, May). A pilot study of brief eye movement desensitization and reprossessing (EMDR) for treatment of acute phase schizophrenia. Korean Journal of Biological Psychiatry, 17(2), 94-102.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Objectives: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing(EMDR) is a novel, time-limited psychotherapy originally developed for treatment of psychological trauma. The effectiveness of this therapy has been validated only for posttraumatic stress disorder; however, EMDR is often applied to other psychiatric illnesses, including other anxiety disorders and depression. This pilot study tested the efficacy of EMDR added to the routine treatment for individuals with acute stage schizophrenia. Methods: This study was conducted in the acute psychiatric care unit of a university-affiliated training hospital. Inpatients diagnosed with schizophrenia were randomly assigned to either three sessions of EMDR, three sessions of progressive muscle relaxation(PMR) therapy, or only treatment as usual(TAU). All the participants received concurrent typical treatments(TAU), including psychotropic medication, individual supportive psychotherapy and group activities in the psychiatric ward. The Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale(PANSS), the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale and the Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale were administered by a clinical psychologist who was blinded to the patients' group assignment. Results: Forty-five patients enrolled and forty patients(89%) completed the post-treatment evaluation. There were no between-group differences in the withdrawal rates of patients during the treatment or at the three-month follow-up session. All three groups improved significantly across each of the symptomatic domains including schizophrenia, anxiety, and depressive symptoms. However, a repeated measures ANOVA revealed no significant differences among the groups over time. Effect size for change in total PANSS scores was also similar across treatment conditions, but effect size for negative symptoms was large for EMDR(0.60 for EMDR, 0.39 for PMR and 0.21 for TAU only). Conclusion: These findings supported the use of EMDR in treating the acute stage of schizophrenia but the results failed to confirm the effectiveness of the treatment over the two control conditions in three sessions. Further studies with longer courses of treatment, more focused target dimensions of treatment, and a sample of outpatients are necessary.

Keywords: Schizophrenia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

348. Zimmermann, E. (2010, June). The potential of EMDR in gynaecology and obstetrics: Special application with infertile women. In Female issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The author of this presentation works as psychologist and psychotherapist in a clinic in Fribourg/Switzerland in the department of gynecology and obstetrics. Various applications of EMDR are used, both in gynecologic and obstetrical outcomes. A special patient population, namely infertile women in search of becoming pregnant, are an important part of the work. The purpose of this presentation is to show the special approach that E. Zimmermann has developed by working with infertile women. Infertile women - in opposition to sterile women - are women with no apparent medical reason why they do not become pregnant. These infertile women often pass a particularly long and difficult phase to get pregnant. They are always disappointed by the repeated negative outcome of all their efforts to become pregnant. This is a very difficult phase in the life of the couple too, and not few couples separate during this phase. Especially women feel unable being a mother and their self-esteem is very low. This is why the author has developed a special application of EMDR to this population. The aim is to cope with the difficulties related to these different stages. Another purpose is preparing a desired and possible pregnancy. Women mostly have very different anamnesis, some also including trauma. They have in particular a personal pregnancy or non-pregnancy history, e.g. also abortion. In addition the medical assistance utilized for getting pregnant is quite different for every case. Lots of them end up by using fertilization techniques, which have a low chance of success. This makes it rather difficult for EMDR to treat these women i a standardized way. The author of this workshop has developed a flow-chart providing an concept of applying EMDR at different stages with different types of targets in order to compare the outcomes. By working with EMDR and infertile women, it appears that they become pregnant quicker than what the statistics predict. There are also women who become pregnant after working with EMDR before they start the fertility-program. This is why the author prepares a research study to try to figure out if the EMDR-process can have a positive impact on fertility.

Keywords: Female Issues  Gynecology  Infertility  Obstetrics  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

349. Cohen-Posey, K. (2009, August). The power of EMDR: Evoking the self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR has enjoyed a comfortable alliance with Ego-State Therapy. ‘Inner Critics’ or ‘People Pleasers’ may be the repository for such Negative Cognitions (NCs) as, “It’s my fault,” or, “I cannot upset anyone.” But who is the author of Positive Cognitions (PCs)? Are they constructed in the assessment phase of treatment, or do PCs emerge spontaneously with Dual Attention Stimuli from the Self: our unfettered awareness and contemplation? This workshop reveals EMDR as a catalyst for dialogues between the Self and NCs. Extraordinary imagery tools that enhance work with children and adults are offered to illuminate the surfacing of the Self.

Keywords: Negative Cognitions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

350. Cohen-Posey, K. (2011, May). The power of EMDR: Evoking the self. Presentation at the Israel EMDR Association.

Language: Hebrew

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Who is the author of PCs? Are they constructed during the assessment phase of treatment or do empowering, calming thoughts emerge during processing? Can we think of these compassionate, confident thoughts as the Self that has been described historically by Carl Jung and currently by Eckart Tolle? This workshop will offer surprising answers to these questions and suggest a new perspective on what really happens during EMDR processing. The Standard Protocol is not changed, but re-examined and extended with exciting treatment tools. Psychodrama, presenter/participant dialogues, role plays, small group discussion, and practicum experience make this a highly experiential training that is backed by cutting edge neurobiological research and solid theory from leaders in the field.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

351. Cornil, C. (2012, June). The power of now in EMDR [El poder del ahora en EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will be a theoretical, philosophical approach to the concept of time as utilized in EMDR. From the very beginning the concept of time plays a major role in the EMDR approach. At the basis of the AIP model lays the idea of memory networks frozen in time (Shapiro 1995). The information is dysfunctionally stored in the frozen now and can be triggered at any moment. In EMDR we all struggle with the now of the negative cognition. Patients do not understand and get confused when therapists ask about beliefs they have about themselves now as they think about the past. In trainings it is announced as the most difficult part of the EMDR protocol. But it is an essential part. The now is what is happening right at this moment. There is no past, only the present perception of the past. As there is no future, only the present perception of possibilities. The present is what one identifies with. When one sees, one believes: what is experienced at a certain moment becomes the felt reality in the now. When the patient is triggered into the perception of the child, she becomes the child and time shifts. The point this workshop wants to make is that change comes about as the patient stops identifying with the past thus making it the now, but instead is invited by the therapist to let things happen and to notice what moves. For time to exist movement is needed: the hands of the clock, the sun in the sky, the wrinkling of the skin all indicate time. Instead of trying to keep at a distance painful information which exists in an eternal now without movement, the client is invited just to observe the movement that can come about by taking the position of double attention: one leg in real time and one leg in no time. We will explore links with the process of mindfulness.

Este taller presentará un planteamiento teórico y filosófico al concepto del tiempo tal como se usa en EMDR. Desde el mismo comienzo, el concepto del tiempo ejerce una función fundamental en el planteamiento de EMDR. La idea de redes de recuerdos congelados en el tiempo se encuentra en los cimientos del modelo AIP (Shapiro, 1995). La información se almacena de forma disfuncional en el ahora congelado y que puede “dispararse” en cualquier momento. En EMDR, todos luchamos contra el ahora de la cognición negativa. Los pacientes no entienden y se confunden cuando el terapeuta pregunta por las creencias que tienen respecto a sí mismos ahora cuando piensan acerca del pasado. En las formaciones, se presenta como el elemento más difícil del protocolo de EMDR. No obstante, supone un elemento esencial. El ahora es lo que ocurre en este preciso momento. No existe el pasado, únicamente la percepción presente del pasado, al igual que no hay futuro, solamente la percepción presente de posibilidades. El presente es aquello con lo que uno se identifica. Cuando se ve, se cree: aquello que se vive en un momento dado se convierte en la realidad experimentada en el ahora. Cuando al paciente se le dispara hacia la percepción de la niña, se convierte en la niña y el tiempo cambia. Lo que pretende dejar claro este taller es que el cambio se produce a medida que el paciente deja de identificarse con el pasado, lo que lo convierte en el ahora, sino de la mano del terapeuta, permite que las cosas ocurran y se fija en lo que se mueve. Para que exista el tiempo, es necesario el movimiento: las manecillas del reloj, el sol en el cielo, el arrugar de la piel, todo indica tiempo. En lugar de intentar mantener distante la información dolorosa que existe en un ahora externo sin movimiento, se le invita al cliente a simplemente observar el movimiento que se puede producir al adoptar la postura de la atención escindida: con una pierna en el tiempo real y una en la intemporalidad. Exploraremos las relaciones con el proceso de “mindfulness” (conciencia plena).

Keywords: Power of Now  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

352. Spierings, J. (2010, June). Power-interweaves: (Non-)cognitive interweaves for persistent guilt and other tenacious problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients, the clinician many times is faced with complex and challenging problems. and staying out of the way during the desensitization phase definitely not enough to get the SUD's down. In this workshop a number of new types of interweaves will be presented, developed to deal with clients who get severely stuck during the desensitization phase, mostly in complex guilt-issues. Many times standard cognitive interweaves are not enough to unblock the EMDR processing, and the clinician has to be creative in order to help clients with these difficult issues. The more damaged the client, the more powerful interweaves are needed. In this presentation new types of high-impact interweaves are introduced, involving non-cognitive aspects, e.g. visual, sensorimotor, symbolic, spiritual. Learning objectives: 1. Participants develop sensitivity to the dynamics underlying complex guilt-related problems. 2. Participants learn about the characteristics of high-impact interventions. 3. Participants learn to use their own creativity in developing new interweaves. 4. Participants add several powerful new interweaves to their of existing repertoire. New in this presentation: These interweaves have not been described or presented before. They are applied within the standard EMDR-protocol, so they are an extension of existing principles and techniques.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  Persistent Guilt  Power Interweave  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

353. van der Vleugel, B. (2011, August-September). Practical guidelines for PTSD treatment in psychotic patients. In Treating PTSD in patients with psychotic disorders, Symposium conducted at the 41st EABCT annual congress, Reykjavík, Iceland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Objectives: Professionals are very cautious, if not reluctant, to treat trauma-related symptoms in psychotic patients. As is argued by the other speakers there is growing evidence psychotic patients can safely be exposed to PTSD treatment. There are several possible links between trauma and psychosis and an integrative approach to conceptualizing these relationships is needed (Morrisson et al., 2003) Methods: In this presentation practical guidelines are given with respect to gathering information in the assessment phase and presenting this information in an individual case conceptualisation. Choices regarding which experiences to work with and in what way, will be discussed. Treatment processes are illustrated by vignettes and video material. Some difficulties one may encounter when using interventions like EMDR and prolongued exposure with psychotic patients, will be adressed. Results: Attendants will be mindful of an integrative model of trauma and psychosis and will be able to use this to identify the target(s) for intervening. They will be prepared for some diffuclties they may encounter while conducting PTSD treatment. Conclusions: Case formulations aim to explain the development and maintenance of client‘s experienced problems in terms of causal relationships. It is vital that both client and therapist have a shared understanding of the problems that are going to be addressed in therapy and that interventions are guided by this formulation.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Psychotic Disorders  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

354. Korn, D., & Leeds, A. (2002, December). Preliminary evidence of efficacy for EMDR resource development and installation in the stabilization phase of treatment of complex posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(12), 1465-1487. doi:10.1002/jclp.10099.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article reviews the complexity of adaptation and symptomatology in adult survivors of childhood neglect and abuse who meet criteria for the proposed diagnosis of Complex PTSD, also known as Disorders of Extreme Stress, Not Otherwise Specified (DESNOS). A specific EMDR protocol, Resource Development and Installation (RDI), is proposed as an effective intervention in the initial stabilization phase of treatment with Complex PTSD/DESNOS. Descriptive psychometric and behavioral outcome measures from two single case studies are presented which appear to support the use of RDI. Suggestions are offered for future treatment outcome research with this challenging population. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Child Abuse  Clinical Case Study  Complex Empirical Study  Females  Neglect  Postt traumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Review  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

355. Funabiki, D. (1993, Winter). Preparation for cardiac catheterization. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(3), 8-10.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
This article describes a treatment protocol that I used to prepare a client for a stressful medical treatment. The case study will illustrate how experiences with stressful medical interventions can be viewed as psychological traumas.

Keywords: Cardiac Catheterization  Medical Procedures  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

356. Pagani, M., Di Lorenzo, G., Monaco, L., Niolu, C., Siracusano, A., Verardo, A. R., Lauretti, G., Fernandez, I., Nicolais, G., Cogolo, P., & Ammaniti, M. (2011). Pretreatment, intratreatment, and posttreatment EEG imaging of EMDR: Methodology and preliminary results from a single case. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(2), 42-56. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.2.42.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Electroencephalography (EEG), due to its peculiar time and spatial resolution, was used for the first time to fully monitor neuronal activation during the whole eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) session, including the autobiographical script. The present case report describes the dominant cortical activations (Z-score >1.5) during the first EMDR session and in the last session after the client processed the index trauma. During the first EMDR session, prefrontal limbic cortex was essentially activated during script listening and during lateral eye movements in the desensitization phase of EMDR. In the last EMDR session, the prevalent electrical activity was recorded in temporal, parietal, and occipital cortical regions, with a clear leftward lateralization. These findings suggest a cognitive processing of the traumatic event following successful EMDR therapy and support evidence of distinct neurobiological patterns of brain activations during lateral eye movements in the desensitization phase of EMDR.

Keywords: Bilateral Ocular Stimulation  Cortical Activation  EEG  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

357. Chasse, B. L., & Miller, J. (2013, May). Preventing PTSD through early EMDR intervention. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop was developed to provide training in Early EMDR Intervention (EEI) for EMDR clinicians to learn preemptive forms of EMDR to be used to prevent PTSD. The science behind early psychological intervention after a trauma/disaster and justification for modifying treatment procedures to address the recent traumatic events will be discussed. Also, included will be a review of the existing EEI Protocols, appropriate timelines in which to utilize these protocols, quick assessments of appropriateness for EMDR trauma processing, rapid resourcing, and development of a target sequencing plan/case conceptualization that is appropriate for Early EMDR intervention. Learning Objectives: • Define and use key concepts regarding the neurobiology of trauma and how early intervention can reduce the chances of developing debilitating symptoms and disorders • Enumerate and describe at least six Early EMDR intervention/protocols and learn the history, appropriate usage and research on these Early EMDR Interventions (EEI) • Apply strategies to expedite the history-gathering process, assess client readiness, conceptualize a case and develop a clinical treatment plan as well as strategies for adequate preparation for processing • Learn and practice several rapid resourcing, grounding and stabilizing techniques for use before, during and after Brief Trauma Processing • Learn/review and practice the Recent Event Protocol (Shapiro 2001)

Keywords: Brief Trauma Processing  Early EMDR Interventions  Recent Event Protocol  Posttraumatic Stress DIsorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

358. Lehrer, P. M., Woolfolk, R. L., & Sime, W. E. (2007). Principles and practice of stress management. (3rd. ed.) New York, NY, US: Guilford Press.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Recent years have seen significant advances in understanding psychosocial stress and its clinical management. Now in a thoroughly revised and expanded third edition, this comprehensive work reviews effective stress management techniques and their applications for treating psychological problems and enhancing physical health and performance. Bringing together recognized leaders in the field to present their respective approaches and demonstrate the nuts and bolts of intervention, the volume is structured for optimal use as a clinical reference and text. All chapters retained from the prior edition have been extensively rewritten, and many new chapters have been added. Part I examines conceptual foundations and describes basic mechanisms of stress and relaxation. Part II, the largest section, covers the full range of methods, including progressive relaxation, hypnosis, biofeedback, meditation, cognitive methods, and other therapies. Each tightly edited chapter: (1) Details the method's history, theoretical underpinnings, and evidence base; (2) Spells out assessment procedures and techniques; (3) Provides step-by-step implementation guidelines; (4) Considers common treatment obstacles and how to overcome them; (5) Discusses strategies for increasing patient motivation and adherence; and (6) Illustrates the method with an in-depth case example. New to the third edition are chapters on mindfulness meditation, neurofeedback, EMDR, breathing retraining, heart rate variability biofeedback, exercise therapy, and Qigong. Finally, Part III explores applications in mental health, behavioral medicine, and sport psychophysiology (another new topic in this edition), shedding light on which approaches are most suitable for particular problems. The concluding chapter reviews the clinical research literature and offers clear recommendations for improving outcomes. This timely, authoritative book is an indispensable resource for clinical and health psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, counselors, nurses, and other professionals interested in learning and using stress management techniques. It will serve as a text in graduate-level courses in stress management, behavioral medicine, social work in health care, and related areas. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Stress Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

359. Heitzler, M. (2008, June). The processing body: Integrating EMDR & body psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
My paper presents a model for integrating EMDR with Body Psychotherapy principles and techniques. The model will be illustrated by clinical material from my work with a patient who suffers from complex PTSD as a result of a recent traumatic event which evoked her early developmental trauma. My model of integration is based on what both disciplines share in common: understanding the centrality of the body as the carrier of the trauma and its symptoms, as well as its potential for healing and recovery. At the same time, Body psychotherapy and EMDR offer different ways of utilising the body during the processing phase of the work. My paper will explore some of the similarities and differences of the two approaches. This may shed some light on situations where patients show blocks or resistance to EMDR, and offer complementary ways of working with the EMDR protocol. The paper draws on recent neuro-biological research presented by A. Schore, Bessel v. d. Kolk and others, to highlight the changes that take place in brain function during and after the traumatic event. It will also offer insight into the work of some of the leading experts in the field of body psychotherapy and approaches to trauma work (Pat Ogden’s sensori-motor approach, Babette Rothschild’s Somatic Trauma Therapy, Peter Levine’s traumawork with the body). The clinical material is designed to make the theory accessible and illustrate its relevance.

Keywords: Body Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

360. Gonzalez, A., Mosquera, D., & Seijo, N. (2010, April). Processing dissociative phobias with EMDR. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: The standard EMDR protocol (SP) was designed for the treatment of simple PTSD, and when it´s used on this cases, EMDR is a very powerful therapy. But when SP is applied on complex trauma and dissociative disorders 20% of patients may become de-compensated. The importance of the stabilization phase has been remarked by different authors. The existent proposals are to use interventions coming from different approaches sometimes enhanced with bilateral stimulation. Standard procedures used for simple PTSD must be adapted and modified for working with dissociative disorders. To do this is important to understand from recent research work what we know about the effects of EMDR therapy. We will try to dynamically integrate these features with conceptualizations coming from the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing Model (AIP) and the Theory of the Structural Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP) TSDP emphasizes the importance of working with dissociative phobias prior to trauma work. In the stabilization phase the work on the phobia of dissociative parts and of attachment (and the attachment with the therapist) is the most important one. We will show with clinic cases the effect of this intervention on improving internal communication and collaboration and overcoming therapist-patient relationship problems.
Learning Outcomes For those who are not EMDR therapists this workshop will help to understand how EMDR conceptualizes the work in structural dissociation from the Adaptive Information Processing Model (AIP). For people who are not expertise on Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP) a brief description of dissociative phobias and their importance in the work with dissociative disorders will be put forward. The assistants will watch videos of therapies with different patients, in which EMDR is applied using dissociative phobias as targets. Differences with ego states therapy without introducing bilateral stimulation and with standard EMDR protocol will be observable in the case-examples and will be explained in detail. This work represents a different way of using EMDR to stabilize the patient and prepare her/him for future traumatic memory processing.

Keywords: Phobias  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

361. Carvalho, E. (2012, Novembro). Protocolo grupal e integrativo com EMDR [Protocol group and integrative with EMDR]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
O EMDR-IGTP tem sido usada em seu formato original ou com adaptações para atender às circunstâncias em ambientes ao redor do mundo. Relatos de casos de DST e estudos de campo documentada eficácia com crianças e adultos após catástrofes naturais ou provocadas pelo homem e de guerra durante o trauma contínuo. Este protocolo pode ser utilizado efetivamente como adultos com uma intervenção precoce na fase aguda da resposta pós-traumático por redução de sintomas de estresse pós-traumático e auto-relato de sofrimento e poderia ser aplicado com sucesso em uma situação de curso crises geopolíticas e da violência, mantida com os efeitos durante toda a crise.

IGTP-EMDR has been used in its original format or with adaptations to meet the circumstances in environments around the world . Reports of cases of STD and field studies documented effectiveness with children and adults after natural disasters or man during the war and ongoing trauma. This protocol can be used effectively as adults with early intervention in the acute phase response by reducing post-traumatic symptoms of post-traumatic stress and self-reported distress and could be successfully applied in a situation of ongoing geopolitical crises and violence, with the effect maintained throughout the crisis.

Keywords: Group Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

362. Artigas, L. (2012, June). Protocolo grupal [Group protocol]. Pre-Conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain .

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The EMDR-IGTP has been used in its original format or with adaptations to meet the circumstances in numerous settings around the world. Case reports and field studies documented its effectiveness with children and adults after natural or man-made disasters and during ongoing war trauma. This protocol can be used effectively with adults as an early intervention in the acute phase of posttraumatic response by reducing symptoms of posttraumatic stress and self-reported distress and it could be applied successfully in a situation of ongoing geopolitical crisis and violence, with the effects maintained throughout the crisis.

El Protocolo Grupal e Integrativo con EMDR ha sido usado en su formato original o con adaptaciones para adecuarlo a las circunstancias en numerosos sitios alrededor del mundo. Reporte de casos y estudios de campo han demostrado su efectividad con niños y adultos sobrevivientes de desastres naturales o provocados por el hombre y durante trauma de guerra continuado. También ha demostrado su efectividad con adultos como intervención temprana en la fase aguda de una respuesta postraumática reduciendo síntomas de estrés postraumático. Ha sido aplicado exitosamente en situación de crisis y violencia geopolítica continuada, con los efectos benéficos manteniéndose a lo largo de la crisis.

Keywords: Group Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

363. Steele, A. (2008, September). Providing an attachment context for adult EMDR trauma work. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation offers a context for EMDR that strengthens the client’s sense of self and security. We will consider the therapeutic relationship from an attachment perspective and explore the clinical implications or recognizing it as triadic (adult-‘child’-therapist). Participants will identify ways to facilitate experiences of connectedness and nurturance through Imaginal Nurturing, thus fostering a consistent, ongoing development of a new relationship with self for the client. Opportunities for deepening the attachment context of EMDR therapy will be explored in detail with examples. Such an approach provides solid preparation for trauma work and greater security while doing that work, thus a gentler experience for the client and less likelihood of dissociation during processing.

Keywords: Attachment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

364. Jarero, I., Roque-López, S., & Gomez, J. (2013). The provision of an EMDR-based multicomponent trauma treatment with child victims of severe interpersonal trauma. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(1), 17-28. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.1.17.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This study evaluated a multicomponent phase-based trauma treatment approach for 34 children who were victims of severe interpersonal trauma (e.g., rape, sexual abuse, physical and emotional violence, neglect, abandonment). the children attended a week-long residential psychological recovery camp, which provided resource building experiences, the eye movement desensitization and reprocessing integrative group treatment protocol (emdr-igtp), and one-on-one emdr intervention for the resolution of traumatic memories. the individual emdr sessions were provided for 26 children who still had some distress about their targeted memory following the emdr-igtp. results showed significant improvement for all the participants on the child's reaction to traumatic events scale (crtes) and the short ptsd rating interview (sprint), with treatment results maintained at follow-up. more research is needed to assess the emdr-igtp and the one-on-one emdr intervention effects as part of a multimodal approach with children who have suffered severe interpersonal trauma.

Keywords: Children  Complex Trauma  Integrative Group Treatment Protocol  Interpersonal Trauma  Multicomponent-Phased Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

365. Kozon, A. (2007, September). Psychoedukacia a EMDR v dynamickej psychoterapii v azylovom dome pre tyrane zeny [Psychoeducation and psychotherapy, EMDR in the dynamic in the asylum house for abused women]. Psychiatria-Bratislava, 14(4), 161-164.

Language: Slovak

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Program azylového domu pre týrané ženy sa zameriava nielen na zabezpečenie ochrany klientky, ktorá opustila prostredie domáceho násilia, ale poskytuje aj konkrétnu sociálnu starostlivosť a emocionálnu podporu. Súčasťou programu je individuálna psychoterapia. Aby sa predišlo omylom a chybám, dynamická psychoterapia má svoje špecifiká vzhľadom na prítomnosť symptomatiky posttraumatickej stresovej poruchy, ktorá v prípravnej psychoterapeutickej fáze je zameraná na stabilizáciu psychických procesov ich odstránením prepracovanými technikami psychickej desenzibilizácie formou EMDR a psychoedukáciou. V ďalšej psychoterapeutickej fáze sa pozornosť upriamuje na rozvoj jadra štruktúry osobnosti – identity metodikou krátkodobej psychoanalyticky orientovanej hlbinnej psychoterapie, aby sa v budúcnosti preventívne predchádzalo stretu obete s násilím.

Asylum Program of the house for abused women in focus in order to protect clients who left the environment of domestic violence, but also provides specific social care and emotional support. The program is individual psychotherapy. To avoid mistakes and errors, dynamic psychotherapy has its own specifics to the presence of symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder, which in the preparatory phase of psychotherapy is to stabilize the mental processes of removing the sophisticated techniques of psychological desensitization through EMDR and psychoedukáciou. In the next phase of psychotherapy it focuses on developing the core structure of personality - the identity-oriented methodology for short-term psychoanalytic psychotherapy prawn to prevent future conflict prevention with victims of violence.

Keywords: Abused Women  Conscious and Unconscious  Half-Way House  Identity  Positive Change in Perception  Personality Development  Psychodynamic Psychotherapy  Sentences of Focus  Strategy Psychotherapeutic Intervention  Violence  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

366. Kozoň, A. (2007). Psychoedukácia a EMDR v dynamickej psychoterapii v azylovom dome pre týrané ženy [Psychoeducation and EMDR in dynamic psychotherapy in the asylum house for abused women]. Psychiatria, 14(Part 4), 161-163.

Language: Slovak

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Program azylového domu pre týrané ženy sa zameriava nielen na zabezpečenie ochrany klientky, ktorá opustila prostredie domáceho násilia, ale poskytuje aj konkrétnu sociálnu starostlivosť a emocionálnu podporu. Súčasťou programu je individuálna psychoterapia. Aby sa predišlo omylom a chybám, dynamická psychoterapia má svoje špecifiká vzhľadom na prítomnosť symptomatiky posttraumatickej stresovej poruchy, ktorá v prípravnej psychoterapeutickej fáze je zameraná na stabilizáciu psychických procesov ich odstránením prepracovanými technikami psychickej desenzibilizácie formou EMDR a psychoedukáciou. V ďalšej psychoterapeutickej fáze sa pozornosť upriamuje na rozvoj jadra štruktúry osobnosti – identity metodikou krátkodobej psychoanalyticky orientovanej hlbinnej psychoterapie, aby sa v budúcnosti preventívne predchádzalo stretu obete s násilím. Kľúčové slová: psychodynamická psychoterapia, psychoedukácia, EMDR, azylový dom, týrané ženy, násilie, fókusová veta, vedomie a nevedomie, stratégia psychoterapeutickej intervencie, pozitívna zmena vnímania, identita, rozvoj osobnosti.

Asylum Program of the house for battered women focuses not only protect our clients, who left the environment of domestic violence, but also provides specific social care and emotional support. The program is individual psychotherapy. To avoid mistakes and errors, dynamic psychotherapy has its own specifics to the presence symptomatiky post traumatic stress disorder, which is in the preparatory phase of psychotherapy is to stabilize the mental processes of removing the sophisticated techniques of psychological desensitisation by EMDR and psychoedukáciou. In the next phase of psychotherapy focuses on developing the core structure of personality - the identity-oriented methodology for short-term psychoanalytic psychotherapy for Northern to prevent future conflict prevention victim to violence.

Keywords: Battered Women  Consciousness and the Unconscious  Identity  Personality Development  Positive Change in Perception  Psychodynamic Psychotherapy  Shelter  Strategy of Psychotherapeutic Interventions  Violence  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

367. Ilic, Z. (2004). Psychological preparation of torture victims as witnesses toward the prevention of retraumatisation. In Ž. Špiric, G. Kneževic, V. Jovic, & G. Opacic (Eds.), Torture in war: Consequences and rehabilitation of victims – Yugoslav experience. (pp. 377-387) Belgrade, Serbia: International Aid Network.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This work presents psychological specificities of situations where torture victims are witnesses at the court trial of perpetrators at the same time. Witnesses are subject to the risk of secondary traumatisation, retraumatisation and revictimatisation, which may lead to the deterioration of existing PTSD symptoms. Starting from the very act of reaching the decision whether to testify, witnesses are in a state of ambivalence associated with a need for truth and justice, the need that perpetrators should be adequately punished and thus certain compensation be provided as well as with fear of the course that the trial itself may take, they being partially aware of the risk for retraumatisation and retraumatisation. The author sets forth the need for psychological-psychiatric preparation of the witness prior to the trial, as well as co-operation between judicial organs and psychiatric-psychological service. The paper features examples from the Centre for Rehabilitation of Torture Victims – IAN Belgrade.

Keywords: Torture  War  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

368. van Loey, N. E. E., & van Son, M. J. M. (2003). Psychopathology and psychological problems in patients with burn scars:  Epidemiology and management. American Journal of Clinical Dermatology, 4(4), 245-272. doi:10.2165/00128071-200304040-00004.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Burn injury is often a devastating event with long-term physical and psychosocial effects. Burn scars after deep dermal injury are cosmetically disfiguring and force the scarred person to deal with an alteration in body appearance. In addition, the traumatic nature of the burn accident and the painful treatment may induce psychopathological responses. Depression and PTSD, which are prevalent in 13-23% and 13-45% of cases, respectively, have been the most common areas of research in burn patients. Risk factors related to depression are pre-burn depression and female gender in combination with facial disfigurement. Risk factors related to PTSD are pre-burn depression, type and severity of baseline symptoms, anxiety related to pain, and visibility of burn injury. Neuropsychological problems are also described, mostly associated with electrical injuries. Social problems include difficulties in sexual life and social interactions. Quality of life initially seems to be lower in burn patients compared with the general population. Problems in the mental area are more troublesome than physical problems. Over a period of many years, quality of life was reported to be rather good. Mediating variables such as low social support, emotion and avoidant coping styles, and personality traits such as neuroticism and low extraversion, negatively affect adjustment after burn injury. Few studies of psychological treatments in burn patients are available. From general trauma literature, it is concluded that cognitive (behavioral) and pharmacological (selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors) interventions have a positive effect on depression. With respect to PTSD, exposure therapy and eye movement reprocessing and desensitization [EMDR] are successful. Psychological debriefing aiming to prevent chronic post-trauma reactions has not, thus far, shown a positive effect in burn patients. Treatment of problems in the social area includes cognitive-behavioral therapy, social skills training, and community interventions. Sexual health promotion and counseling may decrease problems in sexual life. In conclusion, psychopathology and psychological problems are identified in a significant minority of burn patients. Symptoms of mood and anxiety disorders (of which PTSD is one) should be the subject of screening in the post-burn phase and treated if indicated. A profile of the patient at risk, based on pre-injury factors such as pre-morbid psychiatric disorder and personality characteristics, peri-traumatic factors and post-burn factors, is presented. Finally, objective characteristics of disfigurement appear to play a minor role, although other factors, such as proneness to shame, body image problems, and lack of self-esteem, may be of significance. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Burns  Comorbidity  Epidemiology  Literature Review  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Predisposition  PTSD  Survivors  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

369. Schellong, J. (2010, June). Psychophysiological responsivity to trauma and internal resources in patients with PTSD and healthy subjects. In Research. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This study aims to measure psychophysiological parameters during activation of internal resources k g . positive memories) and to compare these to activated traumatic internal networks. Antecedent studies show that traumatic stimulation on patients with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) finalizes in various psychophysiological correlates. During therapy of these patients a strong demand for activation of internal resources, i.e. activation of fortitude and positives thoughts, exists. Especially EMDR therapy uses resource stimulating elements such as position of power and absorption in preparation for exposure. In this study standardized EMDR protocols establish a solid basis to explore individual internal resources. Researches on trauma stimuli in EMDR- patients show effects on parasympathetic tonus (Sack 2006) as well as increased cerebral blood flow in defined brain regions (Levin 1999. Lamprecht 2000). Especially the heart rate variability (HRV) may describe the sympatheticovagal balance (Cohen, 2002, Porges 1991). This study focuses on psychophysiological effects and neurobiological regulative mechanisms of stabilizing methods and activation of internal resources in PTSD patients and healthy control group. Methods: Healthy subjects and patients with diagnosed PTSD (DIAX) listened to a commonly neutral script, an individual trauma script and an individual absorption script. Following each script measurements of heart rate variability (HRV), respiratory flow, skin conductance responses (SCR) and skin blood flow (LCF, TU50%) took place. Results: Preliminary results revealed a significant reduced heart rate variability in patients compared to the healthy controls in reaction to the stress script as well as to the positive and the neutral scripts. Conclusion: To our knowledge this is the first time to be proven that altered autonomous functions are found in PTSD not only in reaction to traumatic reminders, but even to a positive, resource activation situation. This provides our basement for further research. Detailed analysis of different effects to each script on both groups are currently underway.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Research  Responsivity  Symposium  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

370. Omaha, J. (2004). Psychotherapeutic interventions for emotion regulation:  EMDR and bilateral stimulation for affect management. New York:  W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
The present work represents a new phase in a profound revolution in psychotherapy, in which affects take their rightful place of equality with cognitions, drives, and behavior among the modalities that must be interpreted by theory and embraced by therapy in understanding both normal and pathological personality development (Cicchetti, Ackerman, & Izard, 1995). The book synthesizes experimental and theoretical advances regarding the primacy of affect in both human psychological health and dysfunction. These advances are translated into practical clinical applications the clinician can immediately utilize. The clinical interventions presented here are solidly grounded in recent experimental advances in understanding the developmental neurobiology of affect (Schore, 1994). These skills and concepts lay the foundation for a new approach to treating psychopathology that begins with the affects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Affect Management  Emotional Control  Emotional States  Mental Health  Personality Development  Personality Disorders  Psychopathology  Psychotherapeutic Techniques  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

371. Plassmann, R. (2004, Februar). Psychotherapie traumatisierter patienten. Die Arbeit mit bipolarem EMDR [Psychotherapy of traumatized patients. Work with bipolar EMDR]. Vortrag auf der Tagung der Landesärztekammer Stuttgart.

Language: German

Format: Other

Abstract:
Die Psychoanalyse als Urmutter der Psychotherapie stand schon früh vor der Frage: Konflikt oder Trauma? Sind die Neurosen, die Freud um die Jahrhundertwende in Wien sah, die Folge von krankmachenden Erlebnissen oder von krankmachenden Phantasien? Freud entschied sich nach einigem Hin und Her für Letzteres und ist dafür viel kritisiert worden (Bergmann 1996). Zugleich hat er mit dem psychoanalytischen Persönlichkeits- und Krankheitsmodell die Grundlage gelegt für die gegenwärtige Erforschung der Folgen traumatischer Erfahrung auf das Individuum. Dies findet mit enormer Entwicklungsdynamik derzeit in Klinik und Wissenschaft statt. Wir erleben derzeit einen Paradigmenwechsel in der Psychotherapie. Das traumatherapeutische Modell erweist sich als ein Metamodell für Psychotherapie schlechthin, und beginnt die bekannten Verfahren zu integrieren. So war auch mein persönlicher Weg. Ich bin erst Psychoanalytiker geworden, ich liebe diese Arbeitsweise. Sie ist, wie wir heute sagen würden, ein Expositionsverfahren, welches darauf beruht, krankmachendes Erlebnismaterial in der Übertragung auf den Therapeuten wiederzubeleben und durchzuarbeiten. Wir sehen nun aber, dass die Zahl derjenigen Patienten und Patientinnen immer größer wird, denen der innerpsychische Verarbeitungsapparat für die krankmachenden Erlebniskomplexe weitgehend fehlt. Sie sind zur Exposition noch nicht imstande. Traumatherapeutisch gesprochen benötigen sie eine Stabilisierungsphase, in der sich die Verarbeitungsfähigkeit überhaupt erst entwickeln kann.

Psychoanalysis as a mother of psychotherapy was early faced with the question: Conflict or trauma? Are the neuroses that Freud at the turn in Vienna saw the result of disease-causing or disease-causing experiences Fantasies? Freud decided, after some back and forth for the latter and is been much criticized (Bergmann 1996). He also has the psychoanalytic personality-disease model and the foundation laid for the current research on the effects of traumatic experience on the Individual. This is done with tremendous dynamic of development currently in hospital and Science instead. We are currently experiencing a paradigm shift in the Psychotherapy. The traumatherapeutische model proves to be a meta model for Psychotherapy absolutely, and begins to integrate the known methods. That was my personal way. I first became a psychoanalyst, I love this work. It is, as we would say today, a Exposure method, which is based on experience pathogenic material in revive the transfer to the therapist and work through. We but now see that the number of patients and patients growing is where the inner psychological processing apparatus for the disease-causing Experience complexes are largely missing. You are not able to exposure. spoken Traumatherapeutisch they need a stabilization phase in which the processing ability may develop in the first place.

Keywords: Bipolar Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

372. Koppel, R. H. (2009, May). Rapid eye movement effects on traumatic memories: A test of the working memory hypothesis. The College of William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing therapy (EMDR) is a psychotherapy that uses rapid eye movements to alleviate traumatic memories. This experiment examined two working memory hypotheses proposed to explain how performing rapid eye movements can affect the vividness, emotionality and completeness of traumatic memories. Participants (N=25) recalled three traumatic memories and rated them on vividness, emotionality and completeness before and after performing rapid eye movements. Participants also completed six working memory tasks to see if a correlation existed between working memory and the effect of rapid eye movements on memory rating variables. Findings illustrate that there was a significant decrease pre-test to post-test in vividness. Additionally, the factor underlying the reading span operation task and the Sternberg item order task significantly correlated with the effect of rapid eye movements for all memory ratings. The results of the current study support the central executive hypothesis explanation more than the visuospatial sketchpad storage hypothesis for EMDR. 3 Rapid Eye Movement Effects on Traumatic Memories: A Test of the Working Memory Hypothesis In 1987, Francis Shapiro discovered that performing horizontal eye saccades while holding a traumatic event in mind helped her alleviate the negative symptoms she experienced from that memory. She developed this intuition into a psychotherapy that is called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This therapy is now a widely-used technique to treat victims of trauma, people suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and people suffering from phobias and other anxiety disorders (Muris & Meckleberger, 1999). Shapiro (2001) describes EMDR as an eight-phase treatment method that includes history taking, client preparation, assessment, desensitization, installation, body scan, closure and reevaluation. An important, and distinguishing, component of the EMDR procedure involves the patient performing rapid bilateral eye movements while thinking about their traumatic memory and communicating any negative cognition associated with that memory. The horizontal saccadic eye movements generally involve watching the therapist’s quickly moving finger for 15-20 seconds/set (Shapiro, 2001). Eye saccade sets continue until the patient begins to report that negative aspects of the memory are being alleviated, and that positive self-cognitions have replaced the negative self-cognitions associated with the memory (Shapiro, 2001).

Keywords: Hypotheses  Rapid Eye Movements  REM  Traumatic Memories  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

373. O'Shea, K., & Wilensky, M. (2006, June). Re-building the foundations of: Early Age (0-3 Years) repair of trauma and neglect. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Three years ago in which a person's life during the trauma itself in the world can feel safe, confident and have a very significant impact on the relations have to feel effective. In the study, participants simple, safe and effective type of standard protocols will have the opportunity to practice. In this protocol, 1) the early years of trauma for the required security işlemleme create his natural in a way that provides a fast and Preparatory Phase. At this stage, the "Safe Place" instead of "Secure Status" a non-stressful way to define and EMDR'la to be able to meet the "feelings to re-adjustment" method exists. After that, trainers, each age (babies, children, adolescents and adults) for the method will show how to use. After the participants to reach 0-3 years of trauma and to repair 2) more secure, fast and efficient to sort the language and, 3) (Review the experience to assign appropriate Responsibility-Release emotional and physical energy to reach a sense of Safety-Repair the experience by Imagining what was needed in order to have future Choices): Experience of the review, the security of his reach, needed something to imagine the experience to repair and 4) "Creative Blending" (not a therapist, counseling by the uncovered). Study, early age may be a symptom of trauma will be descriptions (eg, somatic disorders and personality disorders), and suspected cases of trauma and neglect the benefits of using this methodology will be revealed.

Keywords: Neglect  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

374. Gaarde Madsen, P-E. (2004, June). Re-evaluation of step-three - assessment - in the classical eight-step EMDR model. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The aim of the abstract is to focus on a possible weakness in the classical, 8-step EMDR model. Furthermore, the aim and hope with the abstract is also to produce a re-evaluation of step three – Assessment – in the classical Shapiro model.
The classical 8-step model is assumed known and is described only in headlines. The traditional therapeutic attack here is three-rponged – first past, then present and future. DAS has traditionally been used to desensitize traumatic bound material (in neuronal networks?). Many different protocols have emerged in the last decade. Most of these protocols are trying to adapt to the disorder or illness in focus.
A lot of client s have profited by this classical EMDR way but not all. Many clients do not change their behavior after the traditional EMDR intervention.
This group of clients needs a different therapeutic strategy. It is suggested to start working with targeting present problems, such as unwanted, inappropriate behavior or body sensations and/or to stimulate resources that can stabilize the client. The crucial point is step three is rather what to target with DAS and not as in the traditional model to focus on a picture as the target.
This means that DAS is used not only to desensitize traumatic stuff but also to generate resources – “to go with the positive” – so that later reprocessing can be accomplished. DAS is also used when placing different aspects of the client’s mental reality together, e.g., inappropriate behavior or body sensations versus resources and the goal. Summary: Step three is not only an assessment of what to target but a sophisticated treatment planning, respecting the knowledge of modern affect theory and consequently creating new neuronal networks by DAS, not only dissolving the old traumatic ones.

Keywords: Affect Theory  Assessment  DAS  Neuronal Networks  Phase Three  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

375. Shapiro, E., & Laub, B. (2008, May). Recent - traumatic episode protocol (R-TEP). EMDR Israel, Telaviv.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Main Features of the R-TEP
Target selection: 1) Episode wide focus = period from the traumatic event to the present 2) Use of "Google Search" (G-Search) metaphor to identify multiple targets within the episode (sensory images/ events/ other experiences) Containment (safety): 1) 8 Phase structure parallel to Standard Protocol 2) Episode Narrative with DAS for grounding 3) Option of using distancing metaphor of TV screen 4) Option of regulation of associations by limiting associations to the image/event/ episode

Keywords: Recent-Traumatic Episode Protocol  R-TEP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

376. Stern, L. L., & Grey, E. (2010, September/October). A recipe for health: Combining expressive arts with EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eating-disordered clients begin treatment with a series of unique and specific behavioral symptoms such as binge eating, bingeing and purging, starving themselves, or overexercising, that impede progress when using purely verbal therapies. The research team has found that the combination of expressive arts techniques and EMDR treatment can be highly effective in overcoming these impediments. This poster will briefly review basic knowledge and practice concerning the major eating disorders and their etiologies. We will then describe our therapeutic process that combines expressive arts with EMDR. This process includes (1) preparation of the client for EMDR treatment through the use of expressive arts techniques done in between sessions at home, (2) the use of client drawing and writing as targets when they appear to be a useful tool, (3) the use of a mirror exercise with BLS as a resourcing tool to address, desensitize and help the client reformulate body image distortion and body hatred, and (4) the reiniorcement of gains from reprocessing through the use of expressive techniques throughout treatment. This poster describes these additions to and modifications of the EMDR protocol with expressive arts techniques, as well as the results of a pilot experiment that compares outcomes for clients treated with expressive arts approaches, with and without EMDR.

Keywords: Eating Disorders  Expressive Arts  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

377. Young, W. C. & Young, L. J. (1997). Recognition and special treatment issues in patients reporting childhood sadistic ritual abuse; Appendix A: Informed consent regarding the treatment of traumatic and dissociative disorders. In G. A. Fraser (Ed.), The Dilemma of Ritual Abuse: Cautions and Guides for Therapists (Clinical Practice, No. 41) (1st ed.) (pp. 65-93, 95-100). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The purpose of this chapter is to review reports of the Sadistic Ritual Abuse (SRA) phenomenon, to discuss credibility of the accounts, and to describe current issues in its treatment, including preparation for treatment, general treatment issues, management of cultic or satanic alters, pharmacological treatment, and controversy over historical accuracy. Controversial trends in the etiology and treatment of SRA cases are also discussed. It should be kept in mind that the controversy surrounding SRA continues to heighten. Actual clinical interpretations may be considerably different if scientific data should support patients' accounts or, from an opposing viewpoint, if a socially contagious, media-influenced syndrome is shown to run its course among dissociative, suggestible individuals. [Text, p. 68]

Keywords: Adults  Child Abuse  Dissociative Amnesia  Dissociative Identity Disorder  Drug Therapy  Etiology  False Memory  Hypnotherapy  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Ritual Abuse  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

378. Beere, D., Simon, M., & Welch, K. (2000, January-April). Recommendations and illustrations for combining hypnosis and EMDR in the treatment of psychological trauma. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 43(3-4), 217-231. doi:10.1080/00029157.2001.10404278.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Three experienced therapists, trained in hypnosis and EMDR, distilled some tentative hypotheses about the use of hypnosis in EMDR from fifteen cases, two presented here. When a therapist uses hypnosis with EMDR, it seems that the client is having difficulty or the therapist anticipates that the client will have difficulty managing the experiences processed with EMDR. Hypnosis initiated either during the introduction to EMDR or within a therapy session prior to the initiation of EMDR seems to have served two functions. The first function is to activate inner work that prepares the client to use EMDR successfully, and the second function is to facilitate overtly the processing of the traumatic experience. Clients might have two kinds of difficulties in managing affect or distress: (1) they may have a long-standing, irrational and strongly held belief that interferes with managing affect or distress, and (2) they may never have developed the capacity to tolerate intense affect, distress or pain. Should a therapist use hypnosis during the closing down phase of a session without preparing the client with hypnosis during the introduction to EMDR, the therapist should seriously reconsider the pace and focus of EMDR and the client's resources to manage affect and distress. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Hypnotherapy  Treatment  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Review  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

379. Parker, A., Buckley, S., & Dagnall, N. (2009, February). Reduced misinformation effects following saccadic bilateral eye movements. Brain and Cognition, 69(1), 89-97. doi:10.1016/j.bandc.2008.05.009.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The effects of saccadic bilateral (horizontal) eye movements on memory for a visual event narrative were investigated. In the study phase, participants were exposed to a set of pictures accompanied by a verbal commentary describing the events depicted in the pictures. Next, the participants were asked either misleading or control questions about the depicted event and were then asked to engage in 30 s of bilateral vs. vertical vs. no eye movements. Finally, recognition memory was tested using the remember–know procedure. It was found that bilateral eye movements increased true memory for the event, increased recollection, and decreased the magnitude of the misinformation effect. The findings are discussed in terms of source monitoring, dual-process theories of memory and the potential neural foundations of such effects.

Keywords: Bilateral Eye Movements  False Memory  Hemispheric Interaction  Misinformation Effects  Source Memory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

380. Giovannozzi, G. (2012, June). Regulated eye contact activation and installation protocol [Regulación de la activación del contacto ocular y protocolo de instalación]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Porges’ polyvagal theory provides a plausible explanation for the covariation between psychiatric and behavioral disorders and the atypical regulation of the Autonomic Nervous System (ANS). Porges himself associated this phenomenon with the failed maturation of the ventrovagal circuit, as well as with the child’s failure to learn the ability to modulate the so-­‐called “vagal break” which keeps the heart-­‐rate low and inhibits the influence of the SNS, allowing the modulation of the facial and head muscles and, therefore, the social engagement function, often impaired in psychiatric pathologies. From a psychotherapy standpoint, Porges’ finding that the maturation of the ventrovagal circuit and of its associated braking function occurs ontogenetically later than that of other ANS branches (last months of pregnancy and first year of life) and that a good relation with the caregiver is essential for its development is of significant importance. In this dyad – with the cortical-­‐bulbar pathway, sufficiently myelinated at birth, regulating face and head muscles and allowing signals exchange with the caregiver – children learn to confront their internal states and the environment as well as regulate their emotions, regulating an adaptive neuroception with the consequent possibility of a good social involvement. This focus on the first year of life and the caregiver – child dyad, in terms of time and place for the construction of biologically based behaviors common to all human beings, paves the way, as anticipated by Porges himself, for new possible intervention models in psychotherapy directly acting on the missed or impaired steps in this first phase of the psycho-­‐physiological development process, without disregarding its psychobiological quality. Clinical Application Since I believe that the inter-­‐brain perspective is the most efficient not only for the etiological explanation but especially for the restoration of relational impairments occurred during brain-­‐brain interactions, I chose eye contact (EC), because, according to several scholars, it is a privileged communication channel, in particular between mother and child. Several scholars agree that all forms of psychopathology share a failure in emotional regulation, which can be mostly traced back to the failure in the child-­‐ caregiver adaptive tuning and therefore to the impairment of their inter-­‐brain communication. An intervention on the EC shifts the therapy focus on this dysregulation to restore its functions. The EMDR AIP approach relies on the brain adaptive processing ability. EMDR has proved, in appropriate conditions (good therapeutic alliance, client stabilization, compliance with the EMDR protocol), our brain can repair traumatic injuries, i.e., reacquire and use information dysfunctionally stored after a trauma. Successful use of EMDR on target not directly traceable to a traumatic event (e.g., defenses, chronic pain, etc.) allows for the possibility to use this processing tool in increasingly broad fields and refines its resources. Thanks to its three-­‐pronged approach to dysfunctionally stored information in the brain (EMDR works on the cognitive, emotional and somatic level), the inter-­‐brain quality of its scope (the therapeutic alliance is part of the healing process) and for its focus on the present (EMDR works on the present, i.e., on the current and active components of the pathogenetic memory, bypassing all mediations and interpretation), EMDR seemed the most appropriate therapeutic tool to intervene on the EC dysregulation found in several psychiatric pathologies. Conclusion An EMDR protocol for the exploration and modulation of the EC is proposed. This protocol proved particularly useful with depressed or severely dissociative clients. After making clients aware of their difficulty in maintaining the EC, they are retrained to use this contact first on objects, then on animals (excellent mediators of a primitive form of social contact) until they are able to achieve eye contact with the therapist. During this training, clients are encouraged to become aware of their body sensations, emotions and beliefs, and the positive ones are installed with BLS. Memories of relational situations where clients identify an impaired EC are identified and these are targeted with the standard protocol. The focus then shifts to present and future situations. The regulation purpose of this protocol affects the application mode: interventions must never be dysregulating, therapists must proceed slowly. Clients must be rigorously kept within their window of tolerance, must be trained to recognize it and able of staying within its boundaries with respect to the microregulation of the EC.

La teoría polivagal de Porges proporciona una explicación plausible para la covariación entre los trastornos psiquiátricos comportamentales y la regulación atípica del sistema nervioso autónomo (ANS). El propio Porgues asoció este fenómeno con el fallo de maduración del circuito ventrovagal, por tanto el niño falla al aprender una habilidad también llamada “bloqueo vagal”, que mantiene la tasa cardiaca baja e inhibe la influencia del SNS, permitiendo la modulación de los músculos faciales y la cabeza, y por tanto, la función optima del compromiso social, a menudo emparejada con patologías psiquíatricas. Partiendo desde un punto de vista psicoterapéutico, Porges encontró que la maduración del circuito ventrovagal y su asociación con la función de frenado ocurre ontogenéticamente después que otras ramas del sistema nervioso autónomo (Los últimos meses del embarazo y los primeros años de vida) y que una buena relación con el cuidador es esencial para su desarrollo es significativamente importante. En esta línea – con vía córtico-­‐bulbar, lo suficientemente mielinizada en el nacimiento, regulando los músculos de la cara y la cabeza y permitiendo señales de intercambio con el cuidador-­‐ Los niños aprenden a estar cómodos con sus estados internos y con un ambiente que también regula sus emociones, regular una neurorecepción con la consecuente posibilidad de una buena integración social. Centrándonos en el primer año de vida del niño y el cuidador – La pareja de niños, en términos de tiempo y lugar para la construcción biológica fundamentada y basada en todos los seres humanos, allana el camino, como anticipó Porges, para nuevos modelos de intervención en psicoterapia, actuando directamente con el paso perdido o afectado de esta primera fase del proceso de desarrollo psicofisiológico, sin tener en cuenta su calidad psicobiológica. Aplicación Clínica. Desde que creó que la perspectiva del cerebro interior, continúa siendo la más eficiente no solo para desarrollar explicaciones etiológicas, también para la restauración de los desajustes relacionados ocurridos durante las interacciones cerebro-­‐cerebro. Escogí contacto visual (ECE), porque, de acuerdo con numerosos investigadores, es un privilegiado canal de comunicación, particularmente eficaz entre una madre y su hijo. Numerosos profesionales afirman que todas las formas de psicopatología comparten una fallo en la regulación emocional, que solo puede crear un error en el la comunicación interna del cerebro. Esta intervención en el EC modifica la terapia y la centra en la desregulación y la restauración de funciones. El enfoque EMDR SPIA está basado en la habilidad de procesamiento de la información relevante, EMDR ha sido probado en condiciones idóneas (buena alianza terapéutica, estabilización de la queja del cliente disgustado con el EMDR.).

Keywords: Installation Protocol  Regulated Eye Contact Activation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

381. Goldberg, A. (2010, October). Relational affect regulation: An integrative protocol for complex trauma surviviors. Presentation at the 27th Annual Meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Attachment theory and interpersonal neurobiology demonstrate the importance of the therapeutic relationship as a primary change mechanism. With survivors of childhood relational trauma, betrayal of trust and attachment issues create obstacles to developing a secure therapeutic alliance. Even when the therapeutic relationship feels more secure, these clients often experience separation between sessions as attachment loss. This can feel burdensome to the therapist, who may receive multiple crisis phone calls throughout the week. In this presentation, the relational affect regulation protocol will be explained and case examples will illustrate how it is put into practice. Drawing upon concepts from Stress Inoculation Training (SIT), Accelerated Experiential Dynamic Psychotherapy (AEDP) and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), the protocol helps facilitate dyadic affect regulation and object constancy during the stabilization phase of treatment with complex trauma survivors. The elements of an SIT script will be described and creative adaptations will be proposed. AEDP microprocessing of the client’s experience of the therapist reading the script to the client will be explained and illustrated. The EMDR procedure for installation of the therapist as a resource will be taught and strategies for utilizing this as a selfsoothing method between sessions will be delineated.
Participants will be able to: discuss two problems clients ♦♦ with Complex PTSD have with attachment and fear of attachment loss in therapy, and will be able to identify three strategies to address this issue. ♦♦ explain AEDP microprocessing of interactions between client and therapist, and how this technique can help survivors of childhood relational trauma to develop trust in the therapist. ♦♦ list the four essential elements of an SIT script and utilize the steps involved in the relational affect regulation protocol with their clients.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Relational Affect Regulation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

382. Colosetti, S., & Thyer, B. A. (2000, October). The relative effectiveness of EMDR versus relaxation training with battered women prisoners. Behavior Modification, 24(5), 719-739. doi:10.1177/0145445500245006.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
5 women prisoners with a history of being battered and who met the DSM-IV criteria for PTSD were assessed (A phase) and provided with structured relaxation training (RT) (B phase, or placebo treatment), followed by eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy (C phase). Using the Beck Anxiety Inventory and the Impact of Events Scale's avoidance behavior and intrusive thoughts subscales as outcome measures, RT alone did not result in any clinical improvements. The subsequent provision of EMDR did not improve upon this lack of success with 4 of the 5 participants; 1 did improve on anxiety and intrusive thoughts. The apparent ineffectiveness of EMDR with these participants may be attributed to several explanations. Foremost perhaps is the hypothesis that EMDR is not sufficient to ameliorate the effects of chronic abuse. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  African American  Anxiety Disorders  Avoidance  Battery  Drug Abuse  Effectiveness  Empirical Study  European Americans  Females  Intrusive Thoughts  Quantitative Study  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Prison Inmates  PTSD  Rape  Relaxation Therapy  Survivors  Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial  Treatment Spouse Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

383. Madrid, A., Skolek, S., & Shapiro, F. (2006, October). Repairing failures in bonding through EMDR. Clinical Case Studies, 5(4), 271-286. doi:10.1177/1534650104267403.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Maternal-infant bonding is an intense emotional tie between mother and infant that often begins during pregnancy and continues after birth. Prolonged physical separation from one's infant or traumatic interference can sometimes impede this process, leading to a lack of bonding. Whereas many medical procedures and illnesses can cause mother and child to become separated immediately after birth and affect bonding, other causes of emotional separation may be somewhat more difficult to identify. Nevertheless, maternal trauma has been identified as one such form of emotional separation that can interfere with bonding. This article illustrates the application of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) for addressing bonding difficulties related to trauma issues. EMDR is an integrative psychotherapy that uses a standardized eight-phase approach to treatment and is a well-accepted treatment for trauma. Although more research is needed, this case suggests that EMDR may be an appropriate and efficient treatment for bonding difficulties. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Attachment Behavior  Bonding Failures  Case Report  Clinical Case Study  Females  Integrative Psychotherapy  Maternal Infant Bonding  Maternal  Mother Child Relations  Separation Reactions  Parenting Behavior  Physical Separation  Pregnancy  Stressors  Survivors  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

384. Laub, B. (2009). Resource connection envelope (RCE) in the EMDR standard protocol. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 93-99). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The Resource Connection Envelope (RCE) derives from the assumption that the dialectical healing movement between negative stored memories or problems and positive stored memories or resources is crucial for adaptive processing. The dialectical movement is enhanced when the dialectical poles are made more accessible. The Assessment Phase in the Standard EMDR Protocol makes the problem, which is represented by the traumatic image or picture, more accessible for processing. The RCE aims to complement it by making the resource pole accessible as well. The Resource Connection Script: Past, Present, and Future is provided. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: RCE  Resource Connection Envelope  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

385. Kiessling, R. (2001, December). Resource focused progression. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(4), 35-36.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The following Resource Focused Progression may be implemented during the Preparation Phase of the Standard EMDR Protocol. These interventions are designed to help stabilize and prepare a client for the traditional EMDR targeting protocol. These strategies have been developed by a number of EMDR clinicians – I have tried to give credit where credit is due – any omissions are unintentional.

Keywords: Resource Focus Progression  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

386. Manfield, P. (2010). Resourcing in the preparation phase of EMDR. In Philip Manfield, Dyadic Resourcing: Creating a Foundation for Processing Trauma (pp. 55-66). CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, ISBN-13: 9781453738139 .

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The preparation phase of EMDR is designed to allow the therapist to establish rapport with the client, familiarize the client with EMDR processes, and prepare her to begin trauma processing. The therapist attends to the physical setup, explanation of EMDR, explains the stop signal, explains the basic metaphors, and describes what to expect during processing. In addition, the therapist may want to give the client a brief explanation of EMDR‟s model of change, the Adaptive Information Processing model (AIP).

Keywords: Preparation Phase  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

387. Jenkins, S. (2009, May). Retrieving the missing pieces: A cross-cultural approach to memory fragmentation. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Conference, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The behavioural, emotional, somatic, and cognitive aspects of traumatic memory often remain fragmented, but present through symptomology. The EMDR practitioner is challenged to process key aspects of clients’ traumatic histories, with incomplete narrative. Ancient cultures, across continents, emphasize the importance of processing dissociated aspects of the self. This presentation explores the relationship between current research, ego state therapy, and cross-cultural approaches to trauma. While staying true to the eight-phase EMDR treatment model, traditional shamanic imageries for processing sensory-motor aspects of trauma are introduced. Attendees will learn interventions including the “Retrieval Interweave,” via case studies, video, interactive activities, and didactic presentations.

Keywords: Cross-Cultural Approaches  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

388. Hase, M., & Hofmann, A. (2005, März). Risiken und nebenwirkungen beim einsatz der EMDR-Methode [Risks and adverse effects in treatment with EMDR]. PTT: Persönlichkeitsstörungen Theorie und Therapie, 9(1), 16-21.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye Movement und Desensitizer Wiederaufbereitung (EMDR) ist ein etabliertes mittlerweile Ansatz in der Behandlung der posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung (PTSD). EMDR Focus auf die Aufarbeitung der traumatischen Erinnerungen und anderes Trauma-Symptomen, wie zB Trigger oder derzeitigen Trauma verbundenen dysfunktionalen Verhaltens. Eine Laissez-faire Durchsetzung und dazu beitragen, "die unzureichende technische Mai Akkumulieren Unannehmlichkeit für den Patienten. Risiken und Nebenwirkungen des EMDR con Ansatz durch umfassende diagnostische Verfahren, Bewertung der Stabilitäts-Patienten, Zubereitung, Behandlung Planung und präzisen Anwendung von EMDR entgegengewirkt werden. Die Berufsorganisationen "versuchen sollte, zu dem höchsten Niveau der ethischen und professionellen Verhaltens getroffen, um das Risiko von Nebenwirkungen zu minimieren. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, alle Rechte vorbehalten).

Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a meanwhile well established approach in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). EMDR focuses on the reprocessing of traumatic memories, and other trauma-related symptoms, e.g., triggers or current trauma-related dysfunctional behaviors. A laissez-faire application and insufficient technique may contribute to accumulating patient discomfort. Risks and adverse effects of the EMDR-approach con be counteracted by comprehensive diagnostic procedures, assessment of patient stability, preparation, treatment planning and precise application of EMDR. The professional organizations should try to ensure the highest level of ethical and professional conduct in order to minimise the risk of adverse effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adverse Effects  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Risk Factors  Side Effects (Treatment)  Stress  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

389. Dworkin, M., & Bender, S. (2000, September). The role of transference and countertransference in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) identify countertransference issues in an EMDR session; 2) apply knowledge of transference and countertransference during any phase of EMDR therapy protocol; and 3) employ proactive stratgegies such as cognitives interweaves utilizing transference and countertransference principles.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  Countertransference  Transference  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

390. Grey, E. (2010, September/October). RSVP: Validating and expanding AIP tenets. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is designed to enhance the EMDR case conceptualization and treatment. It is necessary for clinicians to be able to translate the Adaptive Information Processing model into practical application. This presentation is conceived from five years of research on EMDR, stress, and the brain. It is very interactive with a moderate amount of didactic information. Participants will leave having reviewed the AIP model, eight- phase protocol, and three-pronged approach; gain an understanding of current research in the AIP model; gain knowledge of current research of neuroscience of the three-pronged approach; and practice case conceptualization.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP